WO2014032398A1 - Pyridazinone compound, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof - Google Patents

Pyridazinone compound, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014032398A1
WO2014032398A1 PCT/CN2013/001018 CN2013001018W WO2014032398A1 WO 2014032398 A1 WO2014032398 A1 WO 2014032398A1 CN 2013001018 W CN2013001018 W CN 2013001018W WO 2014032398 A1 WO2014032398 A1 WO 2014032398A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
substituted
unsubstituted
straight
isopropyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/001018
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
胡有洪
耿美玉
邢唯强
丁健
艾菁
Original Assignee
中国科学院上海药物研究所
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中国科学院上海药物研究所 filed Critical 中国科学院上海药物研究所
Publication of WO2014032398A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014032398A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/50Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/50Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines
    • A61K31/501Pyridazines; Hydrogenated pyridazines not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/53771,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/06Antiglaucoma agents or miotics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/10Antioedematous agents; Diuretics
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • a pyridazinone compound, a process for the preparation thereof, a pharmaceutical composition and use thereof TECHNICAL FIELD
  • the present invention belongs to the field of medicinal chemistry.
  • the present invention relates to a novel class of pyridazinone compounds or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, prodrugs or solvates thereof, a process for the preparation thereof, a pharmaceutical composition and a process for preparing the same Uses of kinase inhibitors, particularly c-Met inhibitors.
  • Such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof are useful as tyrosine kinase inhibitors, particularly as c-Met inhibitors, for the prevention and/or treatment of neoplastic diseases associated with c-Met abnormalities.
  • the receptor-type protein tyrosine kinase c-Met is a hepatocyte growth factor receptor (HGFR) encoded by the MET proto-oncogene.
  • HGFR hepatocyte growth factor receptor
  • c-Met is highly expressed in most cancers and some sarcomas and is closely related to poor prognosis, such as lung cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, liver cancer, ovarian cancer, glioma, etc.
  • Mature c-Met functions as a heterodimeric structure consisting of an extracellular (X chain (50 KDa) and a transmembrane beta chain (145 KDa, which anchors the intracellular domain of the kinase domain to the cell membrane).
  • HGF is a ligand for c-Met receptor displacement.
  • c-Met induces cell proliferation, invasion, migration, inhibition by interacting with its ligand HGF/SF or by other pathways to activate intracellular tyrosine kinase.
  • Apoptosis which promotes angiogenesis, plays an important role in the development of tumors and has become an important target for anti-tumor drug research.
  • Chinese Patent Application No. CN201110087884.5 reports a class of pyridazinone compounds linked by a 6-hetero atom, the general formula of which is as follows:
  • the technical feature of the invention is that the -phenyl-NH-L- moiety is mainly a linking group such as an amide, a carbamate or a urea.
  • Molecular docking experiments show that the -phenyl-NH-L- moiety of the above-mentioned compound forms a hydrogen bond mainly with the c-Met protein. use.
  • some of the compounds exhibited better c-Met inhibitory activity at the molecular level, and some compounds inhibited NIH3T3-TPR-Met cells at the micromolar level at the cellular level.
  • the cell level activity of the compounds differs greatly from the enzyme level activity.
  • the inventors of the present invention obtained a novel class of pyridazinone compounds by rational design and comprehensive consideration of factors such as water solubility and metabolic stability of the compounds. Such compounds are more effective at inhibiting the activity of c-Met protein at both the enzyme and cell levels. At the same time, such compounds are capable of selectively inhibiting cell proliferation mediated by c-Met protein. After further optimization and screening, it is expected to be developed into a simple and more active anti-tumor drug.
  • One object of the present invention is to provide a pyridazinone compound of the formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof.
  • Another object of the invention is to provide a process for the preparation of the compounds provided herein.
  • Still another object of the present invention is to provide a pyridazinone compound of the formula I or an isomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof as a c-Met inhibitor, And the use in the preparation of a medicament for preventing and/or treating a tumor disease associated with c-Met abnormality.
  • Still another object of the present invention is to provide a pyridazinone compound represented by Formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, or one or more thereof.
  • Pharmaceutical composition a pyridazinone compound represented by Formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, or one or more thereof.
  • the present invention provides a pyridazinone compound represented by the following formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof:
  • X 1 and X 2 are the same or different and are each independently N, CH or CR 6 ,
  • X 1 and X 2 are each independently CH or CR 6 ,
  • X 1 is CH or CR 6
  • X 2 is CH
  • X 3 is N or CH
  • L 1 is a C1-C10 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 or N atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain.
  • L 1 is a C1-C8 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the carbon atom other than the carbon atom at both ends of the main chain may be 0 or N atom Replaced,
  • L 1 is a C1-C6 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be 0 or N except for carbon atoms at both ends of the main chain. Replaced by atoms;
  • ⁇ , M exists or does not exist, exists as -0-, -NH -, -S -, -S(O)- or -S(0) 2 -,
  • M is present or absent, and is -0- or -NH-; A when present;
  • a and 0 moieties are fused at position 4,5, A is unsubstituted or monosubstituted by R 5 , when A is absent, Partially unsubstituted or monosubstituted by R 5 ,
  • A is present or absent, is phenyl when present, or contains 1-3 5-6 membered heteroaryl selected from N, 0 and S atoms, and when A is phenyl, X 3 is N, When A is not a phenyl group, X 3 is N or CH,
  • A is present or absent, in the presence of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl or a thiazolyl group, and when A is a phenyl group, X 3 is N, and when A is not a phenyl group, X 3 is N or CH;
  • RR 2 , R 3 and R 4 are the same or different and are each independently H, halogen, COOL 1 ! ⁇ CONHL 1 ! ⁇ OL ! R NHL'R or COI ⁇ R,
  • ⁇ tfcii, 1 ⁇ is 11, F, Cl, Br, COOL 1 ! ⁇ CONHL 1 ! ⁇ OL or NHI ⁇ R, R 2 and R 4 are H, and R 3 is F, CI or Br,
  • R R2 and R 4 are H, and R 3 is F, CI or Br, Most preferably, RR 2 and R 4 are H, and R 3 is F;
  • R 5 and R 6 are the same or different and are each independently a C1-C7 straight or branched alkyl group, CHO, COOR, COL 2 R, COOL 2 R, CONHL 2 R, OL 2 R, NHL 2 R or L 2 R,
  • R 5 and R 6 are each independently methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 2 R, COOL 2 R, CONHL 2 R, OL 2 R, NHL 2 R or L 2 R,
  • R 5 and R 6 are each independently methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 2 R, CONHL 2 R, OL 2 R, NHL 3 R or L 2 R ;
  • L 2 is a C1-C10 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the carbon atom other than the carbon atom at both ends of the main chain may be represented by 0 or N atom
  • L 2 is a 4-8 membered heterocyclic group having 1 to 3 hetero atoms selected from 0 and N; or
  • L 3 is a 5-10 membered divalent aryl group or contains 1-3 selected a 5-10 membered divalent heteroaryl group from the N, 0 and S atoms;
  • L 2 is a C1-C8 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the carbon atom other than the carbon atom at both ends of the main chain may be 0 or N atom
  • L 2 is a 5-7 membered heterocyclic group having 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from 0 and N; or
  • L 3 is a 6-10 membered divalent aryl group or contains 1-2 a 5-10 membered divalent heteroaryl group selected from N and 0 atoms;
  • L 2 is a C1-C6 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be 0 or N except for carbon atoms other than the carbon atom at both ends of the main chain. Substituted by an atom; or L 2 is pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, phenylene, pyridylene, pyrimidinyl or pyrazolyl;
  • R is H; halogen; unsubstituted or substituted C1-C10 straight or branched alkyl group, said substituted substituent being selected from halogen, hydroxy, unsubstituted or C1-C5 straight or branched alkane a substituted amino group, and an unsubstituted 5-7 membered heterocyclic group containing 1-2 selected from N and 0 atoms, which is unsubstituted or substituted by a C1-C5 straight or branched alkyl group; unsubstituted or a C1-C5 linear or branched alkyl group or a C3-C6 cycloalkyl-substituted hydroxy group; an unsubstituted or substituted amino group substituted by a C1-C5 linear or branched alkyl group or a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group; methoxycarbonyl group ; a carboxamide; a carboxyl group; a C1
  • R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 straight or branched alkyl group, the substituted substituent is selected from halogen, hydroxy, unsubstituted or C1-C2 straight or branched An alkyl group-substituted amino group, and an unsubstituted 5-6 membered heterocyclic group selected from N and 0 atoms, which are unsubstituted or substituted by a C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl group; unsubstituted Or a hydroxyl group substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso a propyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino group; a methoxycarbonyl group; a carboxamide group; a carboxyl group; a C1-C4 straight
  • R is H; F; an unsubstituted or substituted C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl group, said substituted substituent being selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, dimethylamino, morpholinyl, A a piperidinyl group, a piperidinyl group and a aziridine group; a hydroxyl group which is unsubstituted or substituted with a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group or a cyclopropyl group; an unsubstituted or methyl group, Ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrazinyl; oxazolyl; isoxazolyl; thiazolyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl
  • X 1 is CH or CR 6
  • X 2 is CH
  • X 3 is N
  • L 1 is -CH 2 CH 2 -
  • M is -0-
  • M is -0-
  • hydrazine is a phenyl group, a pyridyl group or a pyrrolyl group
  • RR 2 and R 4 are H, that is, the compound represented by the formula I is preferably a formula ⁇ -al to II-a3 or ⁇ - One of the compounds shown in all to II-a31:
  • R 5 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, OL 2 R or L 2 R;
  • L 1 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
  • L 2 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
  • R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Or a cyclopropyl-substituted amino group; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; , 2,4-oxathiazolyl; morpholino; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazine N-isopropyl piperazinyl; N-cyclopropylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl
  • R is further preferably H; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Alkyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxygen Heterazolyl; morpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; Hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; piperidinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; or 4-aminopiperidinyl.
  • X 1 is CH or CR 6
  • X 2 is CH
  • X 3 is N
  • L 1 is -CH 2 CH 2 -
  • M is -NH-
  • hydrazine is a phenyl group, a pyridyl group or a pyrrolyl group
  • I 1 , R 2 and R 4 are H, that is, the compound represented by the formula I is preferably the following formula ⁇ -bl to II-b3 Or a compound of the formula -bll to ⁇ -31
  • R 7 is H or R 6
  • R 3 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined in the formula I.
  • R 3 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined in the formula I.
  • 1 7 is 15, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 1 ! ⁇ CONHL or R;
  • R 5 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, OL 2 R or L 2 R;
  • L 1 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
  • L 2 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
  • R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Or a cyclopropyl-substituted amino group; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; , 2,4-oxathiazolyl; morpholino; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazine N-isopropyl piperazinyl; N-cyclopropylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl
  • R is further preferably H; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Alkyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxygen Heterazolyl; morpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; Hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; piperidinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; or 4-aminopiperidinyl.
  • X 1 is CH or CR 6
  • X 2 is CH
  • X 3 is N
  • L 1 is -CH 2 CH 2 -
  • M is -0- or -NH-
  • R 7 is H or R 6 , and R 3 , L 2 and R are as defined in the formula I.
  • 1 7 is 11, F; methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 1 ! ⁇ CONHL or R; wherein L 1 is unsubstituted or halogen-substituted C1-C5 straight chain Or a branched alkylene group, wherein the carbon atom other than the carbon atom at both ends of the main chain can be replaced by 0 atom;
  • L 2 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
  • R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Or a cyclopropyl-substituted amino group; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; , 2,4-oxathiazolyl; morpholino; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazine N-isopropyl piperazinyl; N-cyclopropylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl
  • R is further preferably H; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Alkyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxygen Heterazolyl; morpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; Hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; piperidinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; or 4-aminopiperidinyl.
  • X 1 is CH or CR 6
  • X 2 is CH
  • X 3 is CH
  • L 1 is -CH 2 CH 2 -
  • M is absent
  • L 1 is attached at position 2 of the ⁇ 3 '", - ⁇ ⁇ moiety, ⁇ is pyridinyl, pyrazinyl or pyrrolyl, and I 1 , R 2 and R 4 are H, ie, represented by Formula I
  • the compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula: ⁇ -dl to II-d3 or ⁇ -dll to II-d31.
  • R 7 is H or R 6
  • R 3 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined in the formula I.
  • R 1 7 is 15, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 1 ! ⁇ CONHL or R;
  • R 5 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, OL 2 R or L 2 R;
  • L 1 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
  • L 2 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain; or L 2 is a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperazinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a phenylene group, a pyridylene group, a pyrimidinyl group or a pyrazolyl group;
  • R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl group, the substituted substituent is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, dimethylamino, morpholinyl, methylpiperazinyl , piperidinyl and azetidinyl; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, positive a propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino group; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; Tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl; morpholino; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; piperazinyl; N
  • a particularly preferred specific compound is one of the following compounds:
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the pyridazinone compound of the formula I provided by the present invention can be reacted by dissolving the pyridazinone compound represented by the formula I in an alcohol solution saturated with the corresponding acid.
  • the pyridazinone compound provided by the present invention is dissolved in a saturated methanol solution of HCl, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and the solvent is evaporated to dryness to give the corresponding hydrochloride.
  • the pyridazinone compound represented by the formula I is prepared by the compound represented by the formula II or III according to the route 1 or the route 3 in the above reaction formula, and when M is present, according to the above
  • the pyridazinone compound of the formula I can be prepared from the compound represented by the formula ⁇ , III or IV by the route 1, 2 or 3 in the reaction formula, respectively.
  • X 1 , x 2 , x 3 , LM, A, RR 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in the formula I, and the routes are as follows:
  • Route 1 a compound represented by the formula ,, and a compound represented by the formula VI, by a metal catalyst or a base, a coupling reaction to obtain a pyridazinone compound represented by the formula I;
  • Route 2 a compound of the formula IV, and a chlorinated compound of the formula VII, which are subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction under the action of a metal catalyst or a base to obtain a pyridazinone compound represented by the formula I;
  • Route 3 Can be divided into two situations:
  • the compound of the formula V can also be reacted with the chloropyridazinone of the formula VIII by two conditions similar to those of the route 3 to give a compound of the formula (SEQ ID NO: 4). Then, the pyridazinone compound represented by the formula I is obtained according to the route 1.
  • the coupling reaction conditions described in Scheme 1 are routine choices for those skilled in the art.
  • a solvent such as DMF (N,N-dimethylformamide) or toluene is selected, and the metal catalyst, the base and the ligand are heated under heating.
  • the heating Conditions are well known to those skilled in the art, for example heating to reflux or heating in a microwave.
  • the base is well known to those skilled in the art, such as cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, potassium t-butoxide, sodium t-butoxide, and the like.
  • the metal catalysts are well known to those skilled in the art, such as palladium acetate, Pd(PPh 3 )Cl 2 , Pd(dppf) 2 Cl 2 and the like.
  • ligands are well known to those skilled in the art, such as triphenylphosphine, DPPP (U'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene), BINAP (binaphthalene diphenylphosphine), Sphos (2- Dicyclohexylphosphine-2',6'-dimethoxy-biphenyl), Davephos (2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2'-(N,N-dimethylamine)-biphenyl).
  • the nucleophilic substitution reaction conditions in Route 2 and Route 3 Case 2) are routine choices for those skilled in the art.
  • solvents such as DMF (N,N-dimethylformamide), toluene, DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide), and acetonitrile are selected. It is carried out under heating in the presence of a base or in a metal catalyst, a base and a ligand under heating.
  • the base is well known to those skilled in the art, such as cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, potassium t-butoxide, sodium t-butoxide, sodium hydride, and the like.
  • the metal catalysts are well known to those skilled in the art, such as palladium acetate, Pd(PPh 3 )Cl 2 , Pd(dppf) 2 Cl 2 and the like.
  • the ligands are well known to those skilled in the art, such as triphenylphosphine, DPPP (1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene), BINAP (binaphthalene diphenylphosphine), Sphos ( 2-Dicyclohexylphosphine-2',6'-dimethoxy-biphenyl), Davephos (2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2'-(N,N-dimethylamine)-biphenyl).
  • the mitsimobu reaction conditions in 1) are routine choices for those skilled in the art.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • dichloromethane is used as a solvent, and a mitsimobu reaction is carried out under the action of an azo compound and a nucleophile.
  • the azo compounds are well known to those skilled in the art, such as DEAD (diethyl azodicarboxylate), DIAD (diisopropyl azodicarboxylate), ADDP (azodiyldipiperidine).
  • nucleophiles are well known to those skilled in the art, such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like.
  • the present invention provides the use of a pyridazinone compound represented by Formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, as Use of a c-Met inhibitor, and in the preparation of a medicament for the prevention and/or treatment of a tumor disease associated with c-Met abnormalities.
  • the tumor diseases include, but are not limited to, melanoma, liver cancer, kidney cancer, acute leukemia, non-small cell lung cancer, prostate cancer, thyroid cancer, skin cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, Breast cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome, esophageal cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, and mesothelioma.
  • the present invention provides a therapeutically effective amount of a pyridazinone compound of the formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug thereof or A pharmaceutical composition of one or more of the solvates, which may act as a c-Met inhibitor, and the composition may optionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • the above pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means a conventional pharmaceutical carrier in the pharmaceutical field, for example: a diluent such as water; a filler such as starch, sucrose, etc.; a binder such as a cellulose derivative, an alginate, gelatin, or a poly a vinylpyrrolidone; a wetting agent such as glycerin; a disintegrating agent such as agar, calcium carbonate and sodium hydrogencarbonate; an absorption enhancer such as a quaternary ammonium compound; a surfactant such as cetyl alcohol; an adsorbent carrier such as kaolin and soap clay.
  • Lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate and magnesium stearate, and Polyethylene glycol and the like.
  • the present invention provides a method of preventing and/or treating a tumor disease associated with c-Met abnormality, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a pyridazinone compound of the formula I One or more of or a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, or the above pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is administered to a patient.
  • the compounds or compositions provided herein can be administered to a patient in need of such treatment by oral, rectal or parenteral administration.
  • a patient in need of such treatment by oral, rectal or parenteral administration.
  • it can be formulated into a conventional solid preparation such as a tablet, a powder, a granule, a capsule, or the like, or as a liquid preparation such as a water or oil suspension, or other liquid preparation such as syrup;
  • a liquid preparation such as a water or oil suspension, or other liquid preparation such as syrup
  • parenteral administration it may be prepared as a solution for injection, water or an oily suspension, or the like.
  • the pyridazinone compound of the formula I or a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, of the present invention, as disclosed in the present invention, is disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0280917A1.
  • the compounds disclosed in (hereinafter referred to as Dl, Amgen) and Chinese Invention Patent Application No. CN201110087884.5 (hereinafter referred to as D2) have the following advantages:
  • the present invention replaces the structure of the patent -phenyl-NH-L- with a different aromatic heterocyclic ring, which maintains the water solubility of the pyridazinone compound while maintaining the formation of the pyridazinone compound and protein.
  • the 6-position of the pyridazinone compound in D2 has a large degree of rotational freedom and is not suitable for the relatively fixed conformation of the c-Met ATP binding pocket.
  • the present invention relates to the 6-position substitution of the pyridazinone.
  • the cyclic design of the cyclic azaaromatic substituent reduces the rotational freedom of the compound-oxime.
  • the aromatic substituent is directly bonded to the pyridazinone via a nitrogen atom, and is substantially different in structural characteristics from the compound disclosed in D1.
  • the present invention introduces a water-soluble group at a suitable position in the molecular skeleton to adjust the physicochemical properties, metabolic properties, and biological activity of the pyridazinone compound.
  • the pyridazinone compounds provided by the present invention have a markedly improved activity at the molecular level and at the cellular level.
  • the pyridazinone compound represented by Formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, provided by the present invention has a novel skeleton and has a rich skeletal structure and is promising Developed into a class of anti-tumor drugs with simple preparation and higher activity.
  • DRAWINGS Figure 1 is a western blot diagram of the effect of some compounds on the phosphorylation of the receptor tyrosine kinase c-Met in the examples of the present invention.
  • the following examples are specifically used to specifically describe the preparation of the pyridazinone compounds provided by the present invention, and their biological activities as c-Met inhibitors, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.
  • the nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum was recorded using a Bruker AMX-400, Gemini-300 or AMX-600 nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus, and the unit of chemical shift ⁇ was ppm.
  • the specific optical rotation was measured by a Perkin-Elmer 241 type automatic polarimeter, and the microwave used was a CEM-discovery microwave reactor. All reaction solvents were purified according to a conventional method. Column chromatography with silica gel (200-300 mesh) is produced by Qingdao Ocean Chemical Branch. Thin layer chromatography was performed using the GF254 high efficiency plate for the Yantai Institute of Chemical Industry. Preparative thin-layer chromatography plates were prepared by themselves.
  • the stationary phase was prepared by GF254 (HG/T2354-92) silica gel and sodium carboxymethylcellulose (800-1200), respectively, Qingdao Ocean Chemical Co., Ltd. and China Pharmaceutical (Group). Shanghai Chemical Reagent Company produces. All solvents were analytically pure reagents, and the reagents used were purchased from Sinopharm Chemical Reagent Co., Ltd. Color development was carried out by means of iodine or ultraviolet fluorescence. The organic solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure in a rotary evaporator.
  • Preparation Example 1 Preparation of Intermediate-1: 40 ml of DMF was placed in a round bottom flask, and 6.89 ml of P0C1 3 (phosphorus oxychloride) was slowly added in an ice bath. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred for 35 minutes in an ice bath, and 5 g 6 was slowly added to the constant pressure dropping funnel. A solution of fluoroindole in DMF was stirred at 35 ° C for 40 min. The reaction solution gradually changed from colorless to red. After completion of the reaction by TLC, 100 ml of a 19.3 mmol/L aqueous NaOH solution was added, and vigorously stirred at 80 ° C for 30 min. The reaction solution was cooled, extracted with ethyl acetate, 30 ml each time, and extracted three times. The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, evaporated, evaporated.
  • P0C1 3 phosphorus oxychloride
  • Preparation Example 2 Preparation of Intermediate 1-2: 1.5 g of 3-aldehyde-6-fluoroindole (i.e., intermediate 1-1) was dissolved in isopropanol, 150 mg of palladium on carbon and 3.2 g of sodium borohydride were added, and refluxed at 80 ° C overnight. After the TLC showed that the substrate had disappeared, the palladium carbon was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated. Then, excess sodium borohydride was added to the mixture, and ethyl acetate was extracted, 15 ml each time, and extracted three times. The organic layer was combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness.
  • intermediate 1-1 3-aldehyde-6-fluoroindole
  • the sodium hydride was extracted with 400 ml of ethyl acetate and the organic layer was washed three times with 100 ml each time.
  • the organic layer was dried, concentrated, and the obtained oil was dissolved in 200 ml of THF, and 37 g of TBAF was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature, and the reaction liquid gradually turned black. After 30 min, the reaction was stopped, and the reaction solution was diluted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate and washed three times with 30 ml each time. The ethyl acetate layer was dried and concentrated to give a crude material.
  • the crude product of the first step was dissolved in 100 ml of toluene, and 16 ml of triethylamine was added thereto under ice-cooling, and 5.2 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride was slowly added thereto. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes in an ice bath, and TLC showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness. EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc DMF was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the reaction was dissolved in 60 ml of THF. After adding 30 ml of water, 4.5 g of NaOH was added under ice bath, and the reaction was allowed to proceed overnight at room temperature.
  • reaction liquid was extracted by adding 400 ml of ethyl acetate and 200 ml of water to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted once.
  • the ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated, and then, then,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
  • the product of the first step of lg was dissolved in dry distilled THF, 920 mg of lithium aluminum hydride was added, and the reaction was refluxed overnight. TLC showed the reaction disappeared completely, the reaction was stopped, and the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. Under ice bath, water was slowly added to destroy excess lithium aluminum hydride, and the insoluble matter was removed by filtration. The filter cake was washed three times with ethyl acetate, 50 ml each time. 100 ml of water was added to the filtrate, and the aqueous layer was separated by extraction. The organic layer was dried and evaporated to dryness.
  • the lg intermediate 1-18 was dissolved in 50 ml of re-distilled THF, and 320 mg of lithium aluminum hydride was added thereto. After stirring at 40 ° C for 4 hours, TLC showed the reaction disappeared completely, the reaction was stopped, and the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. Under ice bath, the excess lithium aluminum hydride was slowly added with water, and the insoluble matter was removed by filtration, and the filter cake was washed three times with ethyl acetate, 50 ml each time. 100 ml of water was added to the filtrate, and the aqueous layer was separated by extraction. The organic layer was dried and evaporated to dryness.
  • the first step is a first step:
  • the second step 9.2 g ⁇ N ⁇ of the crude product was dissolved in 500 ml of toluene, and 10.5 ml of triethylamine and 3.1 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride were slowly added thereto in an ice bath. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. 50 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the reaction system, and a water-soluble substance such as triethylamine hydrochloride was washed away with a large amount of water (200 ml). The organic layer is evaporated to dryness and concentrated.
  • step 1
  • the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 10 with an aqueous solution of 5N NaOH in an ice bath. At this time, a large amount of white solid was precipitated, and 50 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the aqueous layer to extract, and the organic layer was washed with water several times until the morpholine was completely washed with water. After the layer, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated.
  • A-2 (light yellow solid, yield 7%) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that N-methylpiperazine was used instead of morpholine.
  • A-5 A-5 (light yellow solid, yield 92%).
  • A-7 (light yellow solid, yield 67%) was obtained by the same procedure.
  • step 1
  • the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 10 with an aqueous solution of 5N NaOH in an ice bath. At this time, a large amount of white solid was precipitated, and 50 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the aqueous layer for extraction.
  • the organic layer was washed with water several times until the morpholine was completely washed to the aqueous layer. After that, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated, evaporated,,,,,,,,,,,,,
  • step 1
  • TLC shows the reverse of raw materials
  • the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, and then, 30 ml of ethyl acetate and 30 ml of water were added, and the aqueous layer was partitioned, and the organic layer was dried and concentrated to give a crude product of 2-methoxyethoxyacetate.
  • 200 mg of the crude product was dissolved in 10 ml of DMF, and 230 mg of 4-chloro-7-hydroxyquinoline, 358 mg of cesium carbonate were successively added, and the mixture was stirred in an oil bath at 50 ° C for 3 hours, and TLC showed the completion of the reaction.
  • the reaction liquid was cooled, and DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • Example F was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3 except that diethylene glycol monomethyl ether was used instead of 2-methoxyethanol.
  • step 1
  • the crude product of 2-methoxyethoxycarboxylate was prepared from 2-methoxyethanol and methanesulfonyl chloride in the same manner as in the step 1 of Example 3.
  • Compound A-26 (white solid, yield 90%) was obtained in the same manner as in the method of the method of Example 4 except that diethylene glycol monomethyl ether was used instead of 2-methoxyethanol.
  • Compound A-31 was used in the same manner as in Example 5 except that Intermediate 1-8 was used instead of Intermediate 1-7.
  • A-32F Compound A-32 (light yellow oil) was used in the same manner as in Example 5 except that 4-chloro-7-hydroxyquinoline was used instead of 4-chloro-7-hydroxy-1,5-naphthyridine. , yield 92%).
  • Compound B-25 was used in the same manner as in Example 8 except that Compound B-3 was used instead of Compound B-9.
  • Example 10 50 mg of compound B-26 was dissolved in dichloromethane (DCM), and 20 mg of EDCI (l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride), 14 mg, was sequentially added in an ice bath. HOAt (N-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole), 15 microliters of triethylamine. After the addition was completed, the ice bath was removed and reacted at room temperature for 5 min. 30 mg of 2-morpholinethylamine was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. After the TLC showed that the substrate had completely disappeared, a large amount of water was added to the reaction mixture, and a solid was precipitated, which was filtered, and the cake was dried to obtain 37 mg of Compound B-27 (light yellow solid, yield 60%).
  • DCM dichloromethane
  • EDCI l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
  • the lllmg 4-chloro-7-azaindole was dissolved in 25 ml of toluene, and under nitrogen, 220 mg of intermediate 1-5, 32 mg of palladium acetate, 54 mg of Sphos (2-dicyclohexylphosphine-2', 6' were added in sequence. -Dimethoxy-biphenyl) and 230 mg of cesium carbonate were stirred at 90 ° C overnight. The TLC showed that the substrate completely disappeared, the reaction was stopped and the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. 30 ml of ethyl acetate and 20 ml of water were added to the reaction mixture, and the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was extracted and the organic layer was washed three times with 30 ml each time. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated.
  • step 1
  • Step 2 Dissolve 200 mg in THF and add 791 mg THF solution 17ml, and added 70mg
  • Step 3 In addition to using Compound D-1 (yellow-yellow solid, yield 71%) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 19, except for ethyl 2-(6-(3-bromoquinolinyl)).
  • step 1
  • intermediate D-4i 100 mg was dissolved in ethanol, 2 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added, and the mixture was stirred in an oil bath at 70 ° C for 3 h, and TLC showed complete reaction.
  • the reaction solution was diluted with 80 ml of ethyl acetate, and a small amount of about 30 ml of water was added, and the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 8 with a 3N NaOH solution.
  • the aqueous layer was separated, and the organic layer was washed with 30 ml of saturated aqueous sodium chloride, and then dried and concentrated to afford compound D-4 (light yellow solid, yield 89%).
  • acetic acid was dissolved in 30 ml of DCM, and 61.4 mg of 1-ethyl-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDC), 43.6 mg of HOAt and 0.118 ml of triethylamine were added sequentially at room temperature. After stirring for about 15 min, 100 mg of compound D-4 was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with 50 ml of DCM and washed twice with water (30 ml each time). The aqueous layer was separated, and the organic layer was dried.
  • EDC 1-ethyl-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide
  • Body 1-28 was dissolved in 40 ml of a mixture of DMF-water (8:1 by volume) and 97.7 mg was added in sequence. 114.8 mg of potassium hydrate hydrate, 35.3 mg of Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 .DCM, reacted at 100 ° C for 4 h under nitrogen. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, 150 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the organic layer was washed with water three times, 50 ml each time. The ethyl acetate layer was dried, concentrated and purified tolulululululululu
  • Example 18 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 compound D-25 (; an off-white solid, yield 85%).
  • Body 1-29 was dissolved in 40 ml of a mixture of DMF-water (8:1 by volume) and 97.7 mg was added in sequence. 114.8 mg of potassium hydrate hydrate, 35.3 mg of Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 .DCM, reacted at 100 ° C for 4 h under nitrogen. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, 150 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the organic layer was washed with water three times, 50 ml each time. The ethyl acetate layer was dried, concentrated, and then purified,jjjjjjjj
  • reaction buffer 50 mM HEPES H 7.4, 50 mM MgCl 2 , 0.5 mM MnCl 2 , 0.2 mM Na 3 V0 4 , 1 mM DTT
  • the compound to be tested was further added with 50 ⁇ of the recombinant protein of c-Met kinase domain diluted with the reaction buffer, and two wells without the ATP control well were required for each experiment.
  • the reaction was carried out for 1 hour at 37 ° C on a shaker (100 rpm). The liquid in the well was discarded and the plate was washed three times with T-PBS.
  • Sample inhibition rate (negative control well OD value - no enzyme control well OD value) The inhibition rate of the compound tyrosine kinase protein c-Met enzyme activity was measured.
  • the IC 5Q assay was based on the inhibition rate of each concentration, and the half-inhibitory concentration IC 5 o was calculated by a four-parameter method.
  • Test Example 2 Effect of some compounds prepared in the examples of the present invention on TPR-Met phosphorylation in BaF3/TPR-Met stably transfected cells
  • BaF3/TPR-Met was inoculated into a 12-well plate (500,000/well), and after 18-24 hours of culture, cells were added for 4 hours (final concentration of 0.1, ⁇ ) for 4 hours, and the cells were collected. Wash once with cold PBS (containing 1 mM sodium vanadate); then add lxSDS gel loading buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 6.8), 100 mM DTT, 2% SDS, 10% glycerol, 1 mM sodium vanadate , 0.1% bromophenol blue) lysed cells. After the cell lysate was heated in a boiling water bath for 10 minutes, it was centrifuged at 12,000 rpm for 10 minutes at 4 °C.
  • lxSDS gel loading buffer 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 6.8), 100 mM DTT, 2% SDS, 10% glycerol, 1 mM sodium vanadate , 0.1% bromophenol blue
  • the supernatant was taken for SDS-PAGE electrophoresis (Mini-PROTEA 3 Cell, Bio-Rad, Hercules, CA, USA), and after electrophoresis, the protein was transferred to a nitrocellulose membrane using a semi-dry electrotransfer system (Amersham Life Sciences, Arlington Heights, IL, USA), the nitrocellulose membrane was placed in a blocking solution (5% skimmed milk powder diluted in TBS containing 1 mM sodium vanadate) for 2 hours at room temperature, and then the membrane was placed in anti-pc-Met (Y1234/ 1235, Cell Sinaling Technology Xl: 1000) or anti-GAPDH (Kangcheng Bio) (l: 6000) antibody in 4 C overnight.
  • a blocking solution 5% skimmed milk powder diluted in TBS containing 1 mM sodium vanadate
  • the sodium TBS was washed three times for 15 min each time.
  • the membrane was placed in a secondary antibody solution for 1-2 hours at room temperature; after washing the membrane three times as above, it was developed with ECL (Picece, Rockford, IL) reagent and developed.
  • Figure 1 shows the effect of some of the compounds, positive control drugs PF2341066 and JNJ38877605 on the phosphorylation of the receptor tyrosine kinase c-Met in the examples of the present invention.
  • some of the compounds of the present invention can effectively inhibit the phosphorylation of TPR-Met in BaF3/TPR-Met cells after 4 hours of action with BaF3/TPR-Met at a concentration of ⁇ or ⁇ . ⁇ .
  • Test Example 3 Effect of the compound prepared in the examples of the present invention on Met-mediated cell proliferation ability
  • Tumor cell growth inhibition assays were performed using sulforhodamine B (SRB) staining. The specific steps are as follows: EBC-1 cells in logarithmic growth phase are inoculated to a 96-well microplate at a suitable density (5000/well) at 100 ⁇ per well. After overnight incubation, different concentrations (1, 0.1, 0.01, ⁇ ) are added. The compound of ⁇ ) was applied for 72 hr, and each concentration was set to three replicate wells, and the corresponding concentration of physiological saline vehicle control and cell-free zero-adjustment were set.
  • SRB sulforhodamine B

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention is in the scope of the field of pharmaceutical chemistry. Specifically, the present invention relates to pyridazinone compounds of formula (I) or isomers, pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, prodrugs or solvates thereof, preparation method, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and use in manufacture of tyrosine kinase inhibitors, specially c-Met inhibitors. Said compounds or pharmaceutical compositions are used to prevent and/or treat tumor diseases related to c-Met abnormality as tyrosine kinase inhibitors, specially c-Met inhibitors.

Description

哒嗪酮类化合物、 其制备方法、 药物组合物及其用途 技术领域 本发明属于药物化学领域。具体而言,本发明涉及一类新型哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体 或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、前药或溶剂合物, 其制备方法, 药物组合物及其在制备酪氨酸 激酶抑制剂, 特别是 c-Met抑制剂中的用途。该类化合物或其药物组合物作为酪氨酸激酶抑 制剂, 特别是作为 c-Met抑制剂可用于预防和 /或治疗与 c-Met异常相关的肿瘤疾病。 背景技术 恶性肿瘤严重威胁着人类的生存和健康, 对恶性肿瘤的预防和 /或治疗是一个世界性难 题。 目前, 已有大量的抗肿瘤靶点被发现, 其中蛋白酪氨酸激酶已成为一类具有良好前景的 抗肿瘤靶点。  A pyridazinone compound, a process for the preparation thereof, a pharmaceutical composition and use thereof TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention belongs to the field of medicinal chemistry. In particular, the present invention relates to a novel class of pyridazinone compounds or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, prodrugs or solvates thereof, a process for the preparation thereof, a pharmaceutical composition and a process for preparing the same Uses of kinase inhibitors, particularly c-Met inhibitors. Such compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof are useful as tyrosine kinase inhibitors, particularly as c-Met inhibitors, for the prevention and/or treatment of neoplastic diseases associated with c-Met abnormalities. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Malignant tumors pose a serious threat to human survival and health, and prevention and/or treatment of malignant tumors is a worldwide problem. At present, a large number of anti-tumor targets have been discovered, and protein tyrosine kinases have become a promising anti-tumor target.
受体型蛋白酪氨酸激酶 c-Met是肝细胞生长因子受体 (HGFR), 由 MET原癌基因编码。 c-Met在绝大部分的癌及部分肉瘤中具有高表达且和预后差紧密相关, 如肺癌、 乳腺癌、 结 肠癌、 前列腺癌、 胰癌、 胃癌、 肝癌、 卵巢癌、 神经胶质瘤等。 成熟的 c-Met由一条胞外的 (X链 (50KDa)和跨膜的 β链 (145KDa, 将含激酶区的胞内段锚定在细胞膜上)组成异二聚体的 结构而发挥功能。 目前发现, HGF是 c-Met受体位移的配体。 c-Met通过与其配体 HGF/SF 相互作用或者通过其他途径激活胞内段的酪氨酸激酶, 诱导细胞增殖、侵袭、迁移, 抑制细 胞凋亡, 促进血管生成, 在肿瘤的发生发展过程中发挥重要的作用, 已经成为抗肿瘤药物研 究的一个重要靶点。  The receptor-type protein tyrosine kinase c-Met is a hepatocyte growth factor receptor (HGFR) encoded by the MET proto-oncogene. c-Met is highly expressed in most cancers and some sarcomas and is closely related to poor prognosis, such as lung cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, liver cancer, ovarian cancer, glioma, etc. . Mature c-Met functions as a heterodimeric structure consisting of an extracellular (X chain (50 KDa) and a transmembrane beta chain (145 KDa, which anchors the intracellular domain of the kinase domain to the cell membrane). It has been found that HGF is a ligand for c-Met receptor displacement. c-Met induces cell proliferation, invasion, migration, inhibition by interacting with its ligand HGF/SF or by other pathways to activate intracellular tyrosine kinase. Apoptosis, which promotes angiogenesis, plays an important role in the development of tumors and has become an important target for anti-tumor drug research.
Amgen公司在美国专利申请公开第 2008/0280917A1号中曾报道了一类以哒嗪酮、吡啶 酮、嘧啶酮为母核的 c-Met抑制剂,该发明的技术特征在于,哒嗪酮 6位均为碳连接的芳基, 如苯基等。 并且, 该专利并未详细考察引入亲水基团对该类化合物的影响。  A class of c-Met inhibitors having a pyridazinone, a pyridone, and a pyrimidinone as a mother nucleus has been reported by Amgen in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0280917 A1, the technical feature of which is that the pyridazinone 6 position All are carbon-bonded aryl groups such as phenyl. Moreover, this patent does not examine in detail the effect of introducing hydrophilic groups on such compounds.
中国发明专利申请第 CN201110087884.5号报道了一类以 6-杂原子连接的的哒嗪酮类化 合物, 通式如下所示:
Figure imgf000002_0001
该发明的技术特征在于, -苯基 -NH-L-部分, 主要是酰胺、 氨基甲酸酯、 脲等连接基团。 分子对接实验表明, 上述通式化合物的 -苯基 -NH-L-部分, 主要与 c-Met蛋白质形成氢键作 用。在该发明中, 部分化合物在分子水平展现了较好的 c-Met抑制活性, 部分化合物在细胞 水平对 NIH3T3-TPR-Met细胞的抑制作用在微摩尔级别。但是, 由于酰胺、氨基甲酸酯基团 的理化性质不佳, 使该类化合物细胞水平活性与酶水平活性相差较大。
Chinese Patent Application No. CN201110087884.5 reports a class of pyridazinone compounds linked by a 6-hetero atom, the general formula of which is as follows:
Figure imgf000002_0001
The technical feature of the invention is that the -phenyl-NH-L- moiety is mainly a linking group such as an amide, a carbamate or a urea. Molecular docking experiments show that the -phenyl-NH-L- moiety of the above-mentioned compound forms a hydrogen bond mainly with the c-Met protein. use. In this invention, some of the compounds exhibited better c-Met inhibitory activity at the molecular level, and some compounds inhibited NIH3T3-TPR-Met cells at the micromolar level at the cellular level. However, due to the poor physical and chemical properties of the amide and carbamate groups, the cell level activity of the compounds differs greatly from the enzyme level activity.
本发明的发明人在原有已报导的化合物的基础上,通过合理设计,综合考虑化合物的水 溶性、代谢稳定性等因素, 得到了一类新型哒嗪酮类化合物。 该类化合物在酶、 细胞水平上 均能更有效的抑制 c-Met蛋白的活性。 同时, 该类化合物能够选择性的抑制由 c-Met蛋白介 导的细胞增殖。经过进一步的优化和筛选后, 有望研发成为制备简便、活性更高的抗肿瘤药 物。  On the basis of the previously reported compounds, the inventors of the present invention obtained a novel class of pyridazinone compounds by rational design and comprehensive consideration of factors such as water solubility and metabolic stability of the compounds. Such compounds are more effective at inhibiting the activity of c-Met protein at both the enzyme and cell levels. At the same time, such compounds are capable of selectively inhibiting cell proliferation mediated by c-Met protein. After further optimization and screening, it is expected to be developed into a simple and more active anti-tumor drug.
发明内容  Summary of the invention
发明目的  Purpose of the invention
本发明的一个目的是提供一种通式 I 所示的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可 接受的盐、 酯、 前药或溶剂合物。  SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION One object of the present invention is to provide a pyridazinone compound of the formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof.
本发明的另一个目的是提供本发明提供的化合物的制备方法。  Another object of the invention is to provide a process for the preparation of the compounds provided herein.
本发明的又一个目的是提供通式 I 所示的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接 受的盐、 酯、 前药或溶剂合物作为 c-Met抑制剂的用途, 以及在制备预防和 /或治疗与 c-Met 异常相关的肿瘤疾病药物中的应用。  Still another object of the present invention is to provide a pyridazinone compound of the formula I or an isomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof as a c-Met inhibitor, And the use in the preparation of a medicament for preventing and/or treating a tumor disease associated with c-Met abnormality.
本发明的再一个目的是提供包含通式 I 所示的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上 可接受的盐、 酯、 前药或溶剂合物中的一种或多种的药物组合物。  Still another object of the present invention is to provide a pyridazinone compound represented by Formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, or one or more thereof. Pharmaceutical composition.
本发明的再一个目的是提供一种预防和 /或治疗肿瘤疾病的方法。  It is still another object of the present invention to provide a method of preventing and/or treating a tumor disease.
技术方案  Technical solutions
根据本发明的一个方面,本发明提供了一种如下通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构 体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前药或溶剂合物:  According to an aspect of the present invention, the present invention provides a pyridazinone compound represented by the following formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof:
Figure imgf000003_0001
其中,
Figure imgf000003_0001
among them,
X1和 X2相同或不同, 并且各自独立地为 N、 CH或 CR6X 1 and X 2 are the same or different and are each independently N, CH or CR 6 ,
^地, X1和 X2各自独立地为 CH或 CR6^地, X 1 and X 2 are each independently CH or CR 6 ,
更优选地, X1为 CH或 CR6, 且 X2为 CH; X3为 N或 CH; More preferably, X 1 is CH or CR 6 , and X 2 is CH; X 3 is N or CH;
L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C10直链或支链亚烷基,所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代, L 1 is a C1-C10 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 or N atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain.
^地, L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C8直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主 链两端的碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代, ^, L 1 is a C1-C8 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the carbon atom other than the carbon atom at both ends of the main chain may be 0 or N atom Replaced,
更优选地, L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C6直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了 主链两端的碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代; More preferably, L 1 is a C1-C6 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be 0 or N except for carbon atoms at both ends of the main chain. Replaced by atoms;
M存在或不存在, 存在时为 -0-、 -NH -、 -S -、 -S(0)-、 -S(0)2-、 -C(0)NH -、 -NHC(0)-、 -S(0)2NH-或 -HNC(0)NH-, The presence or absence of M, in the presence of -0-, -NH -, -S -, -S(0)-, -S(0) 2 -, -C(0)NH -, -NHC(0)- , -S(0) 2 NH- or -HNC(0)NH-,
^地, M存在或不存在, 存在时为 -0-、 -NH -、 -S -、 -S(O)-或 -S(0)2-, ^地, M exists or does not exist, exists as -0-, -NH -, -S -, -S(O)- or -S(0) 2 -,
更优选地, M存在或不存在, 存在时为 -0-或 -NH-; A  More preferably, M is present or absent, and is -0- or -NH-; A when present;
M存在时, M连接在 (3 ' ' 部分的位点 1、 2或 3上, 当 M不存在时, L1连接在 ^^' When M is present, M is connected at position 1, 2 or 3 of the 3 '' part, and when M is not present, L 1 is connected to ^^'
I A、 -、- ^-R5 IA, -, - ^-R 5
x3' 部分的位点 1、 2或 3上; a site of 1, 3 or 3 in the x 3 'portion;
Α存在或不存在, 存在时为 5-10元芳基, 或者含有 1-3个选自 N、 0和 S原子的 5-10 Α presence or absence, 5-10 aryl groups present, or 1-3 5-10 selected from N, 0 and S atoms
元杂芳基, A与 0部分在位点 4,5稠合, A为未取代的或被 R5单取代的, A不存在时,
Figure imgf000004_0001
部分为未取代的或被 R5单取代的,
a heteroaryl group, the A and 0 moieties are fused at position 4,5, A is unsubstituted or monosubstituted by R 5 , when A is absent,
Figure imgf000004_0001
Partially unsubstituted or monosubstituted by R 5 ,
^地, A存在或不存在, 存在时为苯基, 或者含有 1-3个选自 N、 0和 S原子的 5-6 元杂芳基, 并且 A为苯基时, X3为 N, A不为苯基时, X3为 N或 CH, ^, A is present or absent, is phenyl when present, or contains 1-3 5-6 membered heteroaryl selected from N, 0 and S atoms, and when A is phenyl, X 3 is N, When A is not a phenyl group, X 3 is N or CH,
更优选地, A存在或不存在, 存在时为苯基、 吡啶基、 吡咯基、 嘧啶基、 吡嗪基、 哒嗪 基、 噻吩基、 呋喃基、 吡唑基、 咪唑基、 噁唑基或噻唑基, 并且 A为苯基时, X3为 N, A 不为苯基时, X3为 N或 CH; More preferably, A is present or absent, in the presence of phenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl or a thiazolyl group, and when A is a phenyl group, X 3 is N, and when A is not a phenyl group, X 3 is N or CH;
R R2、 R3和 R4相同或不同,并且各自独立地为 H、卤素、 COOL1!^ CONHL1!^ OL!R NHL'R或 COI^R, RR 2 , R 3 and R 4 are the same or different and are each independently H, halogen, COOL 1 !^ CONHL 1 !^ OL ! R NHL'R or COI^R,
^tfcii地, 1^为11、 F、 Cl、 Br、 COOL1!^ CONHL1!^ OL 或 NHI^R, R2和 R4为 H, 且 R3为F、 CI或 Br, ^tfcii, 1^ is 11, F, Cl, Br, COOL 1 !^ CONHL 1 !^ OL or NHI^R, R 2 and R 4 are H, and R 3 is F, CI or Br,
更优选地, R R2和 R4为 H, 且 R3为F、 CI或 Br, 最优选地, R R2和 R4为 H, 且 R3为 F; More preferably, R R2 and R 4 are H, and R 3 is F, CI or Br, Most preferably, RR 2 and R 4 are H, and R 3 is F;
R5和 R6相同或不同,并且各自独立地为 C1-C7直链或支链烷基、 CHO、COOR、COL2R、 COOL2R、 CONHL2R、 OL2R、 NHL2R或 L2R, R 5 and R 6 are the same or different and are each independently a C1-C7 straight or branched alkyl group, CHO, COOR, COL 2 R, COOL 2 R, CONHL 2 R, OL 2 R, NHL 2 R or L 2 R,
优选地, R5和 R6各自独立地为甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 CHO、 COOR、 COL2R、 COOL2R、 CONHL2R、 OL2R、 NHL2R或 L2R, Preferably, R 5 and R 6 are each independently methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 2 R, COOL 2 R, CONHL 2 R, OL 2 R, NHL 2 R or L 2 R,
更优选地, R5和 R6各自独立地为甲基、 乙基、正丙基、异丙基、 CHO、 COOR、 COL2R、 CONHL2R、 OL2R、 NHL3R或 L2R; More preferably, R 5 and R 6 are each independently methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 2 R, CONHL 2 R, OL 2 R, NHL 3 R or L 2 R ;
其中, L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C10直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链 两端的碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代; 或者 L2为环上含有选自 0和 N中 的 1至 3个杂原子的 4-8元杂环基; 或者 L3为 5-10元二价芳基或含有 1-3个选自 N、 0和 S原子的 5-10元二价杂芳基; Wherein L 2 is a C1-C10 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the carbon atom other than the carbon atom at both ends of the main chain may be represented by 0 or N atom Or L 2 is a 4-8 membered heterocyclic group having 1 to 3 hetero atoms selected from 0 and N; or L 3 is a 5-10 membered divalent aryl group or contains 1-3 selected a 5-10 membered divalent heteroaryl group from the N, 0 and S atoms;
^地, L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C8直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主 链两端的碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代; 或者 L2为环上含有选自 0和 N 中的 1至 2个杂原子的 5-7元杂环基; 或者 L3为 6-10元二价芳基或含有 1-2个选自 N和 0 原子的 5-10元二价杂芳基; ^, L 2 is a C1-C8 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the carbon atom other than the carbon atom at both ends of the main chain may be 0 or N atom Or L 2 is a 5-7 membered heterocyclic group having 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from 0 and N; or L 3 is a 6-10 membered divalent aryl group or contains 1-2 a 5-10 membered divalent heteroaryl group selected from N and 0 atoms;
更优选地, L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C6直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了 主链两端的碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代; 或者 L2为亚吡咯烷基, 亚哌嗪 基, 亚哌啶基, 亚苯基、 亚吡啶基, 亚嘧啶基或者亚吡唑基; More preferably, L 2 is a C1-C6 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be 0 or N except for carbon atoms other than the carbon atom at both ends of the main chain. Substituted by an atom; or L 2 is pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, phenylene, pyridylene, pyrimidinyl or pyrazolyl;
其中 R为 H; 卤素; 未取代的或取代的 C1-C10直链或支链烷基, 所述取代的取代基选 自卤素、 羟基、 未取代的或被 C1-C5直链或支链烷基取代的氨基、 和未取代的或被 C1-C5 直链或支链烷基取代的含有 1-2个选自 N和 0原子的不饱和 5-7元杂环基; 未取代的或被 C1-C5直链或支链烷基或 C3-C6环烷基取代的羟基; 未取代的或被 C1-C5直链或支链烷基 或 C3-C6环烷基取代的氨基; 甲氧羰基; 甲酰胺基; 羧基; 未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C6 直链或支链烷酰基; 或者含有 1-4个选自 N、 0和 S原子的 6-10元饱和或不饱和的未取代 的或被 C1-C5直链或支链烷基、 C3-C6环烷基、 含有 1-2个选自 N和 0原子的不饱和 5-7 元杂环基、 卤素、 氨基或羟基取代的杂环基或芳杂环基,  Wherein R is H; halogen; unsubstituted or substituted C1-C10 straight or branched alkyl group, said substituted substituent being selected from halogen, hydroxy, unsubstituted or C1-C5 straight or branched alkane a substituted amino group, and an unsubstituted 5-7 membered heterocyclic group containing 1-2 selected from N and 0 atoms, which is unsubstituted or substituted by a C1-C5 straight or branched alkyl group; unsubstituted or a C1-C5 linear or branched alkyl group or a C3-C6 cycloalkyl-substituted hydroxy group; an unsubstituted or substituted amino group substituted by a C1-C5 linear or branched alkyl group or a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group; methoxycarbonyl group ; a carboxamide; a carboxyl group; a C1-C6 straight or branched alkanoyl group which is unsubstituted or substituted by a halogen; or a 6-10 member saturated or unsaturated containing from 1 to 4 atoms selected from N, 0 and S atoms; Unsubstituted or C1-C5 linear or branched alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, containing 1-2 unsaturated 5-7 membered heterocyclic groups selected from N and 0 atoms, halogen, amino or hydroxy Substituted heterocyclic or aromatic heterocyclic group,
^地, R为 H; F; 未取代的或取代的 C1-C6直链或支链烷基, 所述取代的取代基选 自卤素、 羟基、 未取代的或被 C1-C2直链或支链烷基取代的氨基、 和未取代的或被 C1-C3 直链或支链烷基取代的含有 1-2个选自 N和 0原子的不饱和 5-6元杂环基; 未取代的或被 甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异 丙基或环丙基取代的氨基; 甲氧羰基; 甲酰胺基; 羧基; 未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C4 直链或支链烷酰基; 或者含有 1-3个选自 N、 0和 S原子的 6-10元饱和或不饱和的未取代 的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 环丙基、 哌嗪基、 吡咯烷基、 吗啉基、 哌啶基、 卤素、 氨基或羟基取代的杂环基或芳杂环基, ^, R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 straight or branched alkyl group, the substituted substituent is selected from halogen, hydroxy, unsubstituted or C1-C2 straight or branched An alkyl group-substituted amino group, and an unsubstituted 5-6 membered heterocyclic group selected from N and 0 atoms, which are unsubstituted or substituted by a C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl group; unsubstituted Or a hydroxyl group substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso a propyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino group; a methoxycarbonyl group; a carboxamide group; a carboxyl group; a C1-C4 straight or branched alkanoyl group which is unsubstituted or substituted by a halogen; or contains 1-3 selected from N, 0 And 6-10 members of the S atom are saturated or unsaturated unsubstituted or are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidine a heterocyclic or aromatic heterocyclic group substituted with a halogen, an amino group or a hydroxy group,
更优选地, R为 H; F; 未取代的或取代的 C1-C4直链或支链烷基, 所述取代的取代基 选自卤素、 羟基、 氨基、 二甲氨基、 吗啉基、 甲基哌嗪基、 哌啶基和氮杂环戊烷基; 未取代 的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙 基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的氨基; 吡啶基; 哒嗪基; 嘧啶基; 吡嗪基; 噁唑基; 异噁唑基; 噻唑基; 咪唑基; 吡唑基; 呋喃基; 噻吩基; 吡咯基; 1,2,3-三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑基; 四 氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 哌嗪基; 哌啶基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡 咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡咯烷基; N-甲基哌嗪基; N-乙基哌嗪基; N-异丙基哌嗪 基; N-环丙基哌嗪基; 2-甲基吗啉基; 3-甲基吗啉基; 4-哌啶基哌嗪基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 4- 氨基哌啶基; 3-羟基哌啶基; 3-氨基哌啶基; 4-哌啶基哌啶基; 环庚胺基; 高哌嗪基; N-甲 基高哌嗪基; 吲哚基; 苯并呋喃基; 喹啉基; 苯并吡唑基; 或者苯并咪唑基; 乙酰基; 三氟 乙酰基。  More preferably, R is H; F; an unsubstituted or substituted C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl group, said substituted substituent being selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, dimethylamino, morpholinyl, A a piperidinyl group, a piperidinyl group and a aziridine group; a hydroxyl group which is unsubstituted or substituted with a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group or a cyclopropyl group; an unsubstituted or methyl group, Ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrazinyl; oxazolyl; isoxazolyl; thiazolyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl ; furanyl; thienyl; pyrrolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl; Morpholinyl; piperazinyl; piperidinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; N-methylpiperazine N-ethylpiperazinyl; N-isopropylpiperazinyl; N-cyclopropylpiperazinyl; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; 4-piperidylpiper Zinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; 4-ammonia Piperidinyl; 3-hydroxypiperidinyl; 3-aminopiperidinyl; 4-piperidylpiperidinyl; cycloheptylamino; homopiperazinyl; N-methylhomopiperazinyl; fluorenyl; Benzofuranyl; quinolyl; benzopyrazolyl; or benzimidazolyl; acetyl; trifluoroacetyl.
在上述通式 I中, X1为 CH或 CR6, X2为 CH, X3为 N, L1为 -CH2CH2-, M为 -0-, M
Figure imgf000006_0001
部分的位点 3上, Α为苯基、 吡啶基或吡咯基, R R2和 R4为 H, 即通 式 I所示的化合物优选为下述通式 Π-al至 II-a3或 Π-all至 II-a31所示的化合物之一:
In the above formula I, X 1 is CH or CR 6 , X 2 is CH, X 3 is N, L 1 is -CH 2 CH 2 -, M is -0-, M
Figure imgf000006_0001
In part of the site 3, hydrazine is a phenyl group, a pyridyl group or a pyrrolyl group, and RR 2 and R 4 are H, that is, the compound represented by the formula I is preferably a formula Π-al to II-a3 or Π- One of the compounds shown in all to II-a31:
Figure imgf000006_0002
Figure imgf000006_0002
II-a21 II-a3 II-a31 其中, R7为 H或 R6, R3、 R5和 R6的定义同其在通式 I中的定义。 在上述通式 Π-al至 II-a3或 Π-all至 II-a31所示的化合物中, 进一步优选地, 1 7为15、 甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 CHO、 COOR、 COL1!^ CONHL 或 R;II-a21 II-a3 II-a31 wherein R 7 is H or R 6 , and R 3 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined in the formula I. Further, in the compound represented by the above formula Π-al to II-a3 or Π-all to II-a31, further preferably, 17 is 15, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 1 !^ CONHL or R;
R5为甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 OL2R或 L2R; R 5 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, OL 2 R or L 2 R;
其中 L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两 端的碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; Wherein L 1 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; 以及 L 2 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
R为 H; F; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代 的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的氨基; 吡啶基; 吡嗪基; 咪唑基; 吡唑 基; 1,2,3-三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 2-甲基吗啉 基; 3-甲基吗啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基哌嗪基; N-乙基哌嗪基; N-异丙基哌嗪基; N-环丙基 哌嗪基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡咯烷基; 哌 啶基; 4-哌啶基哌嗪基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 4-氨基哌啶基; 3-羟基哌啶基; 3-氨基哌啶基; 4- 哌啶基哌啶基; 高哌嗪基; 或者 N-甲基高哌嗪基,  R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Or a cyclopropyl-substituted amino group; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; , 2,4-oxathiazolyl; morpholino; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazine N-isopropyl piperazinyl; N-cyclopropylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidine ; piperidinyl; 4-piperidyl piperazinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; 4-aminopiperidinyl; 3-hydroxypiperidinyl; 3-aminopiperidinyl; 4-piperidylpiperidine Or a piperazinyl group; or N-methylhomopiperazinyl,
R更进一步优选为 H; 未取代的或被甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的氨基; 咪唑基; 吡唑基; 1,2,3- 三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基哌嗪 基; N-乙基哌嗪基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡 咯烷基; 哌啶基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 或者 4-氨基哌啶基。  R is further preferably H; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Alkyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxygen Heterazolyl; morpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; Hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; piperidinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; or 4-aminopiperidinyl.
在上述通式 I中, X1为 CH或 CR6, X2为 CH, X3为 N, L1为 -CH2CH2-, M为 -NH-,
Figure imgf000007_0001
部分的位点 3上, Α为苯基、 吡啶基或吡咯基, I 1、 R2和 R4为 H, 即 通式 I所示的化合物优选为下述通式 Π-bl至 II-b3或 Π-bll至 Π- 31所示的化合物之
In the above formula I, X 1 is CH or CR 6 , X 2 is CH, X 3 is N, L 1 is -CH 2 CH 2 -, M is -NH-,
Figure imgf000007_0001
In part of the site 3, hydrazine is a phenyl group, a pyridyl group or a pyrrolyl group, and I 1 , R 2 and R 4 are H, that is, the compound represented by the formula I is preferably the following formula Π-bl to II-b3 Or a compound of the formula -bll to Π-31
Figure imgf000007_0002
Figure imgf000007_0002
II-bl II-bll II-b2
Figure imgf000008_0001
II-bl II-bll II-b2
Figure imgf000008_0001
II-b21 II-b3 II-b31  II-b21 II-b3 II-b31
其中, R7为 H或 R6, R3、 R5和 R6的定义同其在通式 I中的定义。 在上述通式 Π-bl至 II-b3或 Π-bl l至 Π- 31所示的化合物中, 进一步优选地, Wherein R 7 is H or R 6 , and R 3 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined in the formula I. Further, among the compounds represented by the above formulas Π-bl to II-b3 or Π-bl l to Π-31, further preferably,
1 7为15、 甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 CHO、 COOR、 COL1!^ CONHL 或 R;1 7 is 15, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 1 !^ CONHL or R;
R5为甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 OL2R或 L2R; R 5 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, OL 2 R or L 2 R;
其中 L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两 端的碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; Wherein L 1 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; 以及 L 2 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
R为 H; F; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代 的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的氨基; 吡啶基; 吡嗪基; 咪唑基; 吡唑 基; 1,2,3-三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 2-甲基吗啉 基; 3-甲基吗啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基哌嗪基; N-乙基哌嗪基; N-异丙基哌嗪基; N-环丙基 哌嗪基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡咯烷基; 哌 啶基; 4-哌啶基哌嗪基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 4-氨基哌啶基; 3-羟基哌啶基; 3-氨基哌啶基; 4- 哌啶基哌啶基; 高哌嗪基; 或者 N-甲基高哌嗪基,  R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Or a cyclopropyl-substituted amino group; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; , 2,4-oxathiazolyl; morpholino; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazine N-isopropyl piperazinyl; N-cyclopropylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidine ; piperidinyl; 4-piperidyl piperazinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; 4-aminopiperidinyl; 3-hydroxypiperidinyl; 3-aminopiperidinyl; 4-piperidylpiperidine Or a piperazinyl group; or N-methylhomopiperazinyl,
R更进一步优选为 H; 未取代的或被甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的氨基; 咪唑基; 吡唑基; 1,2,3- 三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基哌嗪 基; N-乙基哌嗪基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡 咯烷基; 哌啶基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 或者 4-氨基哌啶基。  R is further preferably H; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Alkyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxygen Heterazolyl; morpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; Hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; piperidinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; or 4-aminopiperidinyl.
在上述通式 I中, X1为 CH或 CR6, X2为 CH, X3为 N, L1为 -CH2CH2-, M为 -0-或 -NH-, 」 A -^R5 In the above formula I, X 1 is CH or CR 6 , X 2 is CH, X 3 is N, L 1 is -CH 2 CH 2 -, M is -0- or -NH-, "A -^R 5
M连接在 x3' 部分的位点 3上, Α不存在, R R2和 R4为 H, R5为 CONHL2R且位 于吡啶环的位点 2上, 即通式 I所示的化合物优选为下述通式 Π-cl至 II-c2所示的化合物之
Figure imgf000009_0001
M is attached at position 3 of the x 3 ' moiety, Α is absent, RR 2 and R 4 are H, R 5 is CONHL 2 R and is located at position 2 of the pyridine ring, ie, the compound of formula I is preferred Is a compound represented by the following formula: Π-cl to II-c2
Figure imgf000009_0001
II-cl II-c2  II-cl II-c2
其中, R7为 H或 R6, R3、 L2和 R的定义同其在通式 I中的定义。 Wherein R 7 is H or R 6 , and R 3 , L 2 and R are as defined in the formula I.
在上述通式 Π-cl至 II-c2所示的化合物中, 进一步优选地,  Further, among the compounds represented by the above formulas Π-cl to II-c2, further preferably,
1 7为11、 F; 甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、异丙基、 CHO、 COOR、 COL1!^ CONHL 或 R; 其中 L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两 端的碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; 1 7 is 11, F; methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 1 !^ CONHL or R; wherein L 1 is unsubstituted or halogen-substituted C1-C5 straight chain Or a branched alkylene group, wherein the carbon atom other than the carbon atom at both ends of the main chain can be replaced by 0 atom;
L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; 以及 L 2 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
R为 H; F; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代 的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的氨基; 吡啶基; 吡嗪基; 咪唑基; 吡唑 基; 1,2,3-三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 2-甲基吗啉 基; 3-甲基吗啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基哌嗪基; N-乙基哌嗪基; N-异丙基哌嗪基; N-环丙基 哌嗪基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡咯烷基; 哌 啶基; 4-哌啶基哌嗪基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 4-氨基哌啶基; 3-羟基哌啶基; 3-氨基哌啶基; 4- 哌啶基哌啶基; 高哌嗪基; 或者 N-甲基高哌嗪基,  R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Or a cyclopropyl-substituted amino group; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; , 2,4-oxathiazolyl; morpholino; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazine N-isopropyl piperazinyl; N-cyclopropylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidine ; piperidinyl; 4-piperidyl piperazinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; 4-aminopiperidinyl; 3-hydroxypiperidinyl; 3-aminopiperidinyl; 4-piperidylpiperidine Or a piperazinyl group; or N-methylhomopiperazinyl,
R更进一步优选为 H; 未取代的或被甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的氨基; 咪唑基; 吡唑基; 1,2,3- 三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基哌嗪 基; N-乙基哌嗪基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡 咯烷基; 哌啶基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 或者 4-氨基哌啶基。  R is further preferably H; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Alkyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxygen Heterazolyl; morpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; Hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; piperidinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; or 4-aminopiperidinyl.
在上述通式 I中, X1为 CH或 CR6, X2为 CH, X3为 CH, L1为 -CH2CH2-, M不存在, In the above formula I, X 1 is CH or CR 6 , X 2 is CH, X 3 is CH, L 1 is -CH 2 CH 2 -, M is absent,
L1连接在 ^Χ3'」、-Α ^部分的位点 2上, Α为吡啶基、 吡嗪基或吡咯基, I 1、 R2和 R4为 H, 即通式 I所示的化合物优选为下述通式 Π-dl至 II-d3或 Π-dll至 II-d31所示的化合物之 L 1 is attached at position 2 of the ^ 3 '", - Α ^ moiety, Α is pyridinyl, pyrazinyl or pyrrolyl, and I 1 , R 2 and R 4 are H, ie, represented by Formula I The compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula: Π-dl to II-d3 or Π-dll to II-d31.
Figure imgf000010_0001
Figure imgf000010_0001
Figure imgf000010_0002
Figure imgf000010_0002
II-d21 II-d3 II-d31 其中, R7为 H或 R6, R3、 R5和 R6的定义同其在通式 I中的定义。 II-d21 II-d3 II-d31 wherein R 7 is H or R 6 , and R 3 , R 5 and R 6 are as defined in the formula I.
在上述通式 Π-dl至 II-d3或 Π-dll至 II-d31所示的化合物中, 进一步优选地,  Further, among the compounds represented by the above formulas Π-dl to II-d3 or Π-dll to II-d31, further preferably,
1 7为15、 甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 CHO、 COOR、 COL1!^ CONHL 或 R; R5为甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 OL2R或 L2R; 1 7 is 15, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 1 !^ CONHL or R; R 5 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, OL 2 R or L 2 R;
L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; L 1 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; 或者 L2为亚吡咯烷基, 亚哌嗪基, 亚哌啶基, 亚苯基、 亚吡啶基, 亚嘧啶基或者亚吡唑基; L 2 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain; or L 2 is a pyrrolidinyl group, a piperazinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a phenylene group, a pyridylene group, a pyrimidinyl group or a pyrazolyl group;
以及  as well as
R为 H; F; 未取代的或取代的 C1-C4直链或支链烷基, 所述取代的取代基选自卤素、 羟基、氨基、二甲氨基、 吗啉基、 甲基哌嗪基、哌啶基和氮杂环戊烷基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或 环丙基取代的氨基; 吡啶基; 吡嗪基; 咪唑基; 吡唑基; 1,2,3-三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 2-甲基吗啉基; 3-甲基吗啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基 哌嗪基; N-乙基哌嗪基; N-异丙基哌嗪基; N-环丙基哌嗪基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3- 氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡咯烷基; 哌啶基; 4-哌啶基哌嗪基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 4-氨基哌啶基; 3-羟基哌啶基; 3-氨基哌啶基; 4-哌啶基哌啶基; 高哌嗪基; N-甲基高哌嗪 基; 乙酰基; 或者三氟乙酰基, R更进一步优选为 H; 未取代的或取代的 C1-C4直链或支 链烷基, 所述取代的取代基选自卤素、 羟基、 氨基、 二甲氨基、 吗啉 -1-基、 4-甲基哌嗪基和 氮杂环戊烷 -1-基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取 代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的氨基; 咪唑基; 吡唑基; 123-三氮 唑基; 124-三氮唑基; 四氮唑基; 124-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基哌嗪基; N-乙基哌嗪基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡咯烷 基; 哌啶基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 4-氨基哌啶基; 乙酰基; 或者三氟乙酰基。 R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl group, the substituted substituent is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, dimethylamino, morpholinyl, methylpiperazinyl , piperidinyl and azetidinyl; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, positive a propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino group; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; Tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl; morpholino; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-isopropylpiperazinyl; N-isopropyl piperazinyl; N-cyclopropylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-hydroxypyrrolidinyl 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; piperidinyl; 4-piperidylpiperazinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; 4-aminopiperidinyl; 3-hydroxypiperidinyl; 3-aminopiperidinyl; - piperidinylpiperidinyl; homopiperazinyl; N-methylhomopiperazinyl; acetyl; Or a trifluoroacetyl group, R is still more preferably H; an unsubstituted or substituted C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl group, the substituted substituent being selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, dimethylamino, morpholine -1-yl, 4-methylpiperazinyl and Aziridine-1-yl; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, n-propyl , isopropyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 123-triazolyl; 124-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; 124-oxadiazolyl; morpholinyl ; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrole Alkyl; piperidinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; 4-aminopiperidinyl; acetyl; or trifluoroacetyl.
在本发明中, 特别优选的具体化合物为下列化合物之一:  In the present invention, a particularly preferred specific compound is one of the following compounds:
Figure imgf000011_0001
Figure imgf000012_0001
Figure imgf000013_0001
Figure imgf000011_0001
Figure imgf000012_0001
Figure imgf000013_0001
8T0100/C10ZN3/X3d 86£而 OZ OAV 8T0100/C10ZN3/X3d 86 £ and OZ OAV
Figure imgf000014_0001
Figure imgf000014_0001
810100/C10ZN3/X3d 86£而 OZ OAV
Figure imgf000015_0001
本发明提供的通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物的药学上可接受的盐可以通过将通式 I所示 的哒嗪酮类化合物溶于用相应的酸饱和的醇溶液中进行反应而制备,例如:将本发明提供的 哒嗪酮类化合物溶于 HC1饱和的甲醇溶液, 室温搅拌 30分钟, 将溶剂蒸干, 即制得相应的 盐酸盐。
810100/C10ZN3/X3d 86£ and OZ OAV
Figure imgf000015_0001
The pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the pyridazinone compound of the formula I provided by the present invention can be reacted by dissolving the pyridazinone compound represented by the formula I in an alcohol solution saturated with the corresponding acid. For example, the pyridazinone compound provided by the present invention is dissolved in a saturated methanol solution of HCl, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and the solvent is evaporated to dryness to give the corresponding hydrochloride.
根据本发明的另一方面, 本发明提供了一种通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物的制备方法, 该方法通过以下反应式实现: According to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided a process for the preparation of a pyridazinone compound of the formula I, which is carried out by the following reaction formula:
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000016_0001
其中, 当 M不存在时, 按照上述反应式中的路线 1或路线 3分别通过通式 II或 III所 示的化合物制备通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物, 当 M存在时, 按照上述反应式中的路线 1、 2或 3分别通过通式 Π、 III或 IV所示的化合物制备通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物, Wherein, when M is absent, the pyridazinone compound represented by the formula I is prepared by the compound represented by the formula II or III according to the route 1 or the route 3 in the above reaction formula, and when M is present, according to the above The pyridazinone compound of the formula I can be prepared from the compound represented by the formula Π, III or IV by the route 1, 2 or 3 in the reaction formula, respectively.
其中, X1、 x2、 x3、 L M、 A、 R R2、 R3、 R4和 R5的定义同其在通式 I中的定义, 各路线具体如下: Wherein, X 1 , x 2 , x 3 , LM, A, RR 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are as defined in the formula I, and the routes are as follows:
路线 1 : 通式 Π所示的化合物, 与通式 VI所示的化合物, 在金属催化剂或者碱的作用 下, 通过偶联反应, 得通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物;  Route 1 : a compound represented by the formula ,, and a compound represented by the formula VI, by a metal catalyst or a base, a coupling reaction to obtain a pyridazinone compound represented by the formula I;
路线 2: 通式 IV所示的化合物, 与通式 VII所示的氯代物, 在金属催化剂或者碱的作 用下, 通过亲核取代反应, 得通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物;  Route 2: a compound of the formula IV, and a chlorinated compound of the formula VII, which are subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction under the action of a metal catalyst or a base to obtain a pyridazinone compound represented by the formula I;
路线 3: 可分为两种情况:  Route 3: Can be divided into two situations:
1)通式 III所示的哒嗪酮类化合物, 与通式 V所示的化合物, 发生 mitsimobu反应, 得 通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物;  1) a pyridazinone compound represented by the formula III, which reacts with a compound represented by the formula V by a mitsimobu reaction to obtain a pyridazinone compound represented by the formula I;
2)通式 V所示的化合物, 在二氯亚砜或者甲磺酰氯的作用下, 原位将羟基转化为易于 离去的氯原子或者甲璜酰氧基, 生成的中间体与通式 ΠΙ所示的哒嗪酮类化合物, 在碱的作 用下, 发生亲核取代反应, 得通式化合物 I。  2) A compound of the formula V, which is converted to a chlorine atom or a formazanoyl group which is easily removed by in situ under the action of thionyl chloride or methanesulfonyl chloride, and the resulting intermediate and formula The pyridazinone compound shown is subjected to a nucleophilic substitution reaction under the action of a base to give a compound of the formula I.
此外, 通式 V所示的化合物, 也可以通过与路线 3类似的两种情况, 与式 VIII的氯代 哒嗪酮反应, 得通式 Π所示的化合物 (路线 4)。 然后, 再按照路线 1得通式 I所示的哒嗪酮 类化合物。  Further, the compound of the formula V can also be reacted with the chloropyridazinone of the formula VIII by two conditions similar to those of the route 3 to give a compound of the formula (SEQ ID NO: 4). Then, the pyridazinone compound represented by the formula I is obtained according to the route 1.
路线 1中所述的偶联反应条件,为本领域技术人员的常规选择。一般而言,选择如 DMF (N,N-二甲基甲酰胺)、 甲苯为溶剂, 在金属催化剂、 碱及配体在加热条件下进行。 所述加热 条件为本领域技术人员所公知的,例如可以加热至回流或者用微波加热。所述碱为本领域技 术人员所公知的, 如碳酸铯、 碳酸钾、 叔丁醇钾、 叔丁醇钠等。 所述金属催化剂为本领域技 术人员所公知的, 例如醋酸钯, Pd(PPh3)Cl2、 Pd(dppf)2Cl2等。 所述配体为本领域技术人员 所公知的,例如三苯基膦, DPPP(U'-双 (二苯基膦)二茂铁), BINAP (联萘二苯基膦), Sphos(2- 二环己基膦 -2',6'-二甲氧基-联苯), Davephos(2-二环己膦基 -2'-(N,N-二甲胺)-联苯)。 The coupling reaction conditions described in Scheme 1 are routine choices for those skilled in the art. In general, a solvent such as DMF (N,N-dimethylformamide) or toluene is selected, and the metal catalyst, the base and the ligand are heated under heating. The heating Conditions are well known to those skilled in the art, for example heating to reflux or heating in a microwave. The base is well known to those skilled in the art, such as cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, potassium t-butoxide, sodium t-butoxide, and the like. The metal catalysts are well known to those skilled in the art, such as palladium acetate, Pd(PPh 3 )Cl 2 , Pd(dppf) 2 Cl 2 and the like. The ligands are well known to those skilled in the art, such as triphenylphosphine, DPPP (U'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene), BINAP (binaphthalene diphenylphosphine), Sphos (2- Dicyclohexylphosphine-2',6'-dimethoxy-biphenyl), Davephos (2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2'-(N,N-dimethylamine)-biphenyl).
路线 2以及路线 3情况 2)中的亲核取代反应条件, 为本领域技术人员的常规选择。 一 般而言, 选择如 DMF (N,N-二甲基甲酰胺)、 甲苯、 DMSO (二甲基亚砜)、 乙腈为溶剂。 在 碱的存在下加热条件下进行, 或者在金属催化剂, 碱及配体在加热条件下进行。所述碱为本 领域技术人员所公知的, 如碳酸铯、 碳酸钾、 叔丁醇钾、 叔丁醇钠、 氢化钠等。 所述金属催 化剂为本领域技术人员所公知的, 例如醋酸钯, Pd(PPh3)Cl2、 Pd(dppf)2Cl2等。 所述配体为 本领域技术人员所公知的, 例如三苯基膦, DPPP(1,1'-双 (二苯基膦)二茂铁), BINAP (联萘二 苯基膦), Sphos(2-二环己基膦 -2',6'-二甲氧基-联苯), Davephos(2-二环己膦基 -2'-(N,N-二甲胺) - 联苯)。 The nucleophilic substitution reaction conditions in Route 2 and Route 3 Case 2) are routine choices for those skilled in the art. In general, solvents such as DMF (N,N-dimethylformamide), toluene, DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide), and acetonitrile are selected. It is carried out under heating in the presence of a base or in a metal catalyst, a base and a ligand under heating. The base is well known to those skilled in the art, such as cesium carbonate, potassium carbonate, potassium t-butoxide, sodium t-butoxide, sodium hydride, and the like. The metal catalysts are well known to those skilled in the art, such as palladium acetate, Pd(PPh 3 )Cl 2 , Pd(dppf) 2 Cl 2 and the like. The ligands are well known to those skilled in the art, such as triphenylphosphine, DPPP (1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene), BINAP (binaphthalene diphenylphosphine), Sphos ( 2-Dicyclohexylphosphine-2',6'-dimethoxy-biphenyl), Davephos (2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2'-(N,N-dimethylamine)-biphenyl).
路线 3情况 1)中的 mitsimobu反应条件, 为本领域技术人员的常规选择。 一般而言, 选 择 THF (四氢呋喃)或二氯甲烷为溶剂,在偶氮化合物及亲核试剂的作用下进行 mitsimobu反 应。 所述偶氮化合物为本领域技术人员所公知的, 如 DEAD (偶氮二甲酸二乙酯)、 DIAD (偶 氮二甲酸二异丙酯), ADDP (偶氮二甲酰二哌啶)。所述亲核试剂为本领域技术人员所公知的, 如三苯基膦, 三丁基膦等。  Route 3 The mitsimobu reaction conditions in 1) are routine choices for those skilled in the art. In general, THF (tetrahydrofuran) or dichloromethane is used as a solvent, and a mitsimobu reaction is carried out under the action of an azo compound and a nucleophile. The azo compounds are well known to those skilled in the art, such as DEAD (diethyl azodicarboxylate), DIAD (diisopropyl azodicarboxylate), ADDP (azodiyldipiperidine). Such nucleophiles are well known to those skilled in the art, such as triphenylphosphine, tributylphosphine, and the like.
根据本发明的又一方面,本发明提供了通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药 学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前药或溶剂合物的用途, 其作为 c-Met抑制剂的用途, 和在制备用于 预防和 /或治疗与 c-Met异常相关的肿瘤疾病药物中的用途。 具体而言, 所述肿瘤疾病包括 但不局限于黑色素瘤、 肝癌、 肾癌、 急性白血病、 非小细胞肺癌、 前列腺癌、 甲状腺癌、 皮 肤癌、 结肠癌、 直肠癌、 胰腺癌、 卵巢癌、 乳腺癌、 骨髓增生异常综合症、 食管癌、 胃肠道 癌和间皮瘤。  According to still another aspect of the present invention, the present invention provides the use of a pyridazinone compound represented by Formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, as Use of a c-Met inhibitor, and in the preparation of a medicament for the prevention and/or treatment of a tumor disease associated with c-Met abnormalities. Specifically, the tumor diseases include, but are not limited to, melanoma, liver cancer, kidney cancer, acute leukemia, non-small cell lung cancer, prostate cancer, thyroid cancer, skin cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, Breast cancer, myelodysplastic syndrome, esophageal cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, and mesothelioma.
根据本发明的再一方面,本发明还提供了一种包含治疗有效量的通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类 化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、酯、前药或溶剂合物中的一种或多种的药物组合 物, 其可以作为 c-Met抑制剂, 以及该组合物可以任选包含药学上可接受的载体或赋形剂。  According to a further aspect of the present invention, the present invention provides a therapeutically effective amount of a pyridazinone compound of the formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug thereof or A pharmaceutical composition of one or more of the solvates, which may act as a c-Met inhibitor, and the composition may optionally comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
上述药学上可接受的载体是指药学领域常规的药物载体, 例如: 稀释剂, 如水等; 填充 剂, 如淀粉、蔗糖等; 粘合剂, 如纤维素衍生物、 藻酸盐、 明胶、聚乙烯吡咯烷酮; 湿润剂, 如甘油; 崩解剂, 如琼脂、 碳酸钙和碳酸氢钠; 吸收促进剂, 如季铵化合物; 表面活性剂, 如十六烷醇; 吸附载体, 如高岭土和皂粘土; 润滑剂, 如滑石粉、 硬脂酸钙和硬脂酸镁、 和 聚乙二醇等。 另外, 还可以在上述药物组合物中加入其它辅剂, 如香味剂和甜味剂等。 根据本发明的又一方面, 本发明还提供了预防和 /或治疗与 c-Met异常相关的肿瘤疾病 的方法,所述方法包括施用治疗有效量的通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物或其互变异构体或其 药学上可接受的盐、酯、前药或溶剂合物中的一种或多种或者本发明的上述药物组合物给患 者。 The above pharmaceutically acceptable carrier means a conventional pharmaceutical carrier in the pharmaceutical field, for example: a diluent such as water; a filler such as starch, sucrose, etc.; a binder such as a cellulose derivative, an alginate, gelatin, or a poly a vinylpyrrolidone; a wetting agent such as glycerin; a disintegrating agent such as agar, calcium carbonate and sodium hydrogencarbonate; an absorption enhancer such as a quaternary ammonium compound; a surfactant such as cetyl alcohol; an adsorbent carrier such as kaolin and soap clay. Lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate and magnesium stearate, and Polyethylene glycol and the like. Further, other adjuvants such as a flavoring agent and a sweetener may be added to the above pharmaceutical composition. According to still another aspect of the present invention, the present invention provides a method of preventing and/or treating a tumor disease associated with c-Met abnormality, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a pyridazinone compound of the formula I One or more of or a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, or the above pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is administered to a patient.
本发明提供的化合物或组合物可以通过口服、直肠或肠外给药的方式施用于需要这种治 疗的患者。 用于口服时, 可以将其制成常规的固体制剂, 如片剂、 粉剂、 粒剂、 胶囊等, 或 制成液体制剂, 如水或油悬浮剂, 或其它液体制剂, 如糖浆等; 用于肠外给药时, 可将其制 成注射用的溶液、 水或油性悬浮剂等。  The compounds or compositions provided herein can be administered to a patient in need of such treatment by oral, rectal or parenteral administration. When used orally, it can be formulated into a conventional solid preparation such as a tablet, a powder, a granule, a capsule, or the like, or as a liquid preparation such as a water or oil suspension, or other liquid preparation such as syrup; For parenteral administration, it may be prepared as a solution for injection, water or an oily suspension, or the like.
有益效果  Beneficial effect
本发明提供的通式 I 所示的哒嗪酮类化合物或其互变异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前药或溶剂合物相对于美国专利申请公开第 2008/0280917A1号 (以下简称 Dl, Amgen 公司)和中国发明专利申请第 CN201110087884.5 号 (以下简称 D2)中所披露的化合物具有以 下优点:  The pyridazinone compound of the formula I or a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, of the present invention, as disclosed in the present invention, is disclosed in US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0280917A1. The compounds disclosed in (hereinafter referred to as Dl, Amgen) and Chinese Invention Patent Application No. CN201110087884.5 (hereinafter referred to as D2) have the following advantages:
第一, 本发明用不同的芳香性杂环替换专利中 -苯基 -NH-L-的结构, 该替换在提高哒嗪 酮类化合物水溶性的同时,维持了哒嗪酮类化合物与蛋白质形成氢键的能力,从而提高了哒 嗪酮类化合物在酶水平、 细胞水平的活性。  First, the present invention replaces the structure of the patent -phenyl-NH-L- with a different aromatic heterocyclic ring, which maintains the water solubility of the pyridazinone compound while maintaining the formation of the pyridazinone compound and protein. The ability to hydrogen bond, thereby increasing the activity of pyridazinone compounds at the enzyme level, cell level.
第二, 针对 D2 中的部分哒嗪酮类化合物的 6位 -Χ有较大的旋转自由度而不适合 c-Met ATP结合口袋相对固定的构象问题, 本发明就哒嗪酮的 6位取代基设计了环状的氮杂 芳香性取代基, 从而降低化合物 -Χ的旋转自由度。 该芳香性取代基通过氮原子与哒嗪酮 直接相连, 与 D1中披露的化合物在结构特征上存在本质的区别。  Secondly, the 6-position of the pyridazinone compound in D2 has a large degree of rotational freedom and is not suitable for the relatively fixed conformation of the c-Met ATP binding pocket. The present invention relates to the 6-position substitution of the pyridazinone. The cyclic design of the cyclic azaaromatic substituent reduces the rotational freedom of the compound-oxime. The aromatic substituent is directly bonded to the pyridazinone via a nitrogen atom, and is substantially different in structural characteristics from the compound disclosed in D1.
第三,本发明在分子骨架的适当位置引入了水溶性基团, 以调节哒嗪酮类化合物的理化 性质、代谢性质, 并提高哒嗪酮类化合物的生物活性。与 D1和 D2中所披露的化合物相比, 本发明提供的哒嗪酮类化合物在分子水平、 细胞水平的活性均有较明显的提高。  Third, the present invention introduces a water-soluble group at a suitable position in the molecular skeleton to adjust the physicochemical properties, metabolic properties, and biological activity of the pyridazinone compound. Compared with the compounds disclosed in D1 and D2, the pyridazinone compounds provided by the present invention have a markedly improved activity at the molecular level and at the cellular level.
对 c-Met激酶磷酸化的抑制活性的生物实验表明,本发明提供的通式 I所示的的哒嗪酮 类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、酯、前药或溶剂合物,具有非常强的抑制 c-Met 磷酸化活性, 可以作为 c-Met抑制剂用于制备抗肿瘤药物。  Biological experiments on the inhibitory activity of c-Met kinase phosphorylation indicate that the pyridazinone compounds of the formula I or isomers thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, prodrugs thereof, or The solvate has a very strong inhibitory effect on c-Met phosphorylation and can be used as a c-Met inhibitor for the preparation of antitumor drugs.
本发明提供的通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、酯、前 药或溶剂合物具有全新的骨架, 并且骨架结构变化丰富, 有希望发展成为一类制备简便、活 性更高的抗肿瘤药物。 附图说明 图 1为本发明的实施例中部分化合物对受体酪氨酸激酶 c-Met磷酸化的影响的蛋白质印 迹 (western blot)图。 具体实 式 下面的实施例用于具体地说明本发明提供的哒嗪酮类化合物的制备, 以及其作为 c-Met 抑制剂的生物学活性, 但本发明并不局限于这些实施例。 The pyridazinone compound represented by Formula I or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, provided by the present invention has a novel skeleton and has a rich skeletal structure and is promising Developed into a class of anti-tumor drugs with simple preparation and higher activity. DRAWINGS Figure 1 is a western blot diagram of the effect of some compounds on the phosphorylation of the receptor tyrosine kinase c-Met in the examples of the present invention. The following examples are specifically used to specifically describe the preparation of the pyridazinone compounds provided by the present invention, and their biological activities as c-Met inhibitors, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.
核磁共振氢谱用 BrukerAMX-400型、 Gemini-300型或 AMX-600型核磁共振仪记录, 化学位移 δ 的单位为 ppm。 比旋光度由 Perkin-Elmer241 型自动旋光仪测定, 所用微波为 CEM-discovery微波反应器。所有反应溶剂均按照常规方法进行纯化。柱层析用硅胶 (200-300 目)为青岛海洋化工分厂生产。 薄层层析使用 GF254高效板, 为烟台化工研究所生产。 制备 型薄层层析板由自己制备, 固定相采用 GF254(HG/T2354-92)硅胶和羧甲基纤维素钠 (800-1200)制备, 分别为青岛海洋化工有限公司和中国医药 (集团)上海化学试剂公司生产。 所有溶剂均为分析纯试剂, 所用试剂均购自国药集团化学试剂有限公司。采用碘、紫外荧光 等方法显色。 减压蒸除有机溶剂在旋转蒸发仪中进行。  The nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum was recorded using a Bruker AMX-400, Gemini-300 or AMX-600 nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus, and the unit of chemical shift δ was ppm. The specific optical rotation was measured by a Perkin-Elmer 241 type automatic polarimeter, and the microwave used was a CEM-discovery microwave reactor. All reaction solvents were purified according to a conventional method. Column chromatography with silica gel (200-300 mesh) is produced by Qingdao Ocean Chemical Branch. Thin layer chromatography was performed using the GF254 high efficiency plate for the Yantai Institute of Chemical Industry. Preparative thin-layer chromatography plates were prepared by themselves. The stationary phase was prepared by GF254 (HG/T2354-92) silica gel and sodium carboxymethylcellulose (800-1200), respectively, Qingdao Ocean Chemical Co., Ltd. and China Pharmaceutical (Group). Shanghai Chemical Reagent Company produces. All solvents were analytically pure reagents, and the reagents used were purchased from Sinopharm Chemical Reagent Co., Ltd. Color development was carried out by means of iodine or ultraviolet fluorescence. The organic solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure in a rotary evaporator.
中间体的制备:  Preparation of intermediates:
制备实施例 1 : 中间体 -1的制备:
Figure imgf000019_0001
将 40ml DMF置于圆底烧瓶中,冰浴下缓慢加入 6.89ml P0C13 (;三氯氧磷),滴加完毕后, 冰浴下搅拌 35min后, 于恒压滴液漏斗中缓慢加入 5g 6-氟吲哚的 DMF溶液, 于 35°C下搅 拌 40min。 反应溶液逐渐由无色变为红色。 TLC示反应完成后, 加入 100ml 19.3mmol/L的 NaOH水溶液,并于 80°C下剧烈搅拌 30min。将反应液冷却,加入乙酸乙酯萃取,每次 30ml, 共萃取三次。 有机层合并, 无水硫酸钠干燥后, 蒸干, 硅胶柱层析得 4.5g中间体 1-1 (白色 固体, 收率 75%)。
Preparation Example 1: Preparation of Intermediate-1:
Figure imgf000019_0001
40 ml of DMF was placed in a round bottom flask, and 6.89 ml of P0C1 3 (phosphorus oxychloride) was slowly added in an ice bath. After the addition was completed, the mixture was stirred for 35 minutes in an ice bath, and 5 g 6 was slowly added to the constant pressure dropping funnel. A solution of fluoroindole in DMF was stirred at 35 ° C for 40 min. The reaction solution gradually changed from colorless to red. After completion of the reaction by TLC, 100 ml of a 19.3 mmol/L aqueous NaOH solution was added, and vigorously stirred at 80 ° C for 30 min. The reaction solution was cooled, extracted with ethyl acetate, 30 ml each time, and extracted three times. The organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, evaporated, evaporated.
1H NMR (300 MHz, D20) δ 10.01 (s, 1H), 8.24 (dd, J= 8.4, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J= 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.09-6.98 (m, 1H), 1.81 (s, 1H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, D 2 0) δ 10.01 (s, 1H), 8.24 (dd, J = 8.4, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.09-6.98 (m, 1H), 1.81 (s, 1H).
制备实施例 2: 中间体 1-2的制备:
Figure imgf000020_0001
将 1.5g 3-醛基 -6-氟吲哚 (即中间体 1-1)溶于异丙醇中,加入 150mg钯碳和 3.2g硼氢化钠, 80°C回流过夜。 TLC示底物消失后, 过滤除去钯碳, 滤液浓縮后, 加入水淬灭过量的硼氢 化钠, 乙酸乙酯萃取, 每次 15ml, 萃取 3次。 有机层合并, 无水硫酸钠干燥后, 蒸干, 硅 胶柱层析得中间体 1-2 (白色固体, 收率定量)。
Preparation Example 2: Preparation of Intermediate 1-2:
Figure imgf000020_0001
1.5 g of 3-aldehyde-6-fluoroindole (i.e., intermediate 1-1) was dissolved in isopropanol, 150 mg of palladium on carbon and 3.2 g of sodium borohydride were added, and refluxed at 80 ° C overnight. After the TLC showed that the substrate had disappeared, the palladium carbon was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated. Then, excess sodium borohydride was added to the mixture, and ethyl acetate was extracted, 15 ml each time, and extracted three times. The organic layer was combined, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13 ) δ 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J= 7.5, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J= 8.0, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.98 - 6.90 (m, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J = 7.5, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J= 8.0, 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.98 - 6.90 (m , 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H).
制备实施例 3: 中间体 1-3的制备:  Preparation Example 3: Preparation of Intermediates 1-3:
Figure imgf000020_0002
将 lg 3-甲基 -6-氟吲哚 (即中间体 1-2)和 lg二氯哒嗪溶于重蒸干燥的 THF中并氮气保护。 冰浴下加入 270mg NaH并且快速搅拌。 待反应稳定后, 撤去冰浴, 于室温搅拌。 TLC检测 底物完全转化后, 加入过量的水淬灭未反应完的 NaH, 乙酸乙酯萃取, 每次 20ml, 萃取 2 次。 有机层合并后干燥, 浓縮。 将粗产物溶于冰醋酸中, 于 120°C回流过夜。 停止反应后, 减压蒸去冰醋酸, 粗产物溶于 100ml乙酸乙酯中, 水洗 5次, 每次 50ml。 将有机层干燥后, 浓縮, 硅胶柱层析得 1.5g中间体 1-3 (白色固体, 收率 92%)。
Figure imgf000020_0002
Lg 3-methyl-6-fluoroindole (ie, intermediate 1-2) and lg-dichloropyridazine were dissolved in re-distilled THF and protected with nitrogen. 270 mg of NaH was added under ice bath and stirred rapidly. After the reaction was stabilized, the ice bath was removed and stirred at room temperature. After the TLC detection substrate was completely converted, the unreacted NaH was quenched by adding excess water, and extracted with ethyl acetate, 20 ml each time, and extracted twice. The organic layers were combined, dried and concentrated. The crude product was dissolved in glacial acetic acid and refluxed at 120 ° C overnight. After the reaction was stopped, glacial acetic acid was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the crude product was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 ml) and washed with water five times, 50 ml each time. The organic layer was dried, concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13 ) δ 13.04 (s, 1H),7.75 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01 (td, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 13.04 (s, 1H), 7.75 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01 (td, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 2.34 (s, 3H).
制备实施例 4: 中间体 1-4的制备
Figure imgf000020_0003
Preparation Example 4: Preparation of Intermediates 1-4
Figure imgf000020_0003
除了使用 6-氟吲哚代替 3-甲基 -6-氟吲哚之外, 以与制备实施例 3相同的方法制备中间 体 1-4 (灰白色固体, 收率定量) 。  Intermediates 1-4 (off-white solid, yield quantitative) were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 3 except that 6-fluoroindole was used instead of 3-methyl-6-fluoroindole.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 12.95 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J= 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.91 - 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J= 8.6, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.75 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H). 制备实施 5: 中间体 1-5
Figure imgf000021_0001
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 12.95 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.91 - 7.80 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.7 Hz, 1H) , 7.15-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.75 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H). Preparation Example 5: Intermediates 1-5
Figure imgf000021_0001
将 lOOmg中间体 1-4与 104mg 2- (叔丁基二甲基硅氧基)溴乙烷溶于 DMF中,加入 156mg 碳酸铯, 50°C下搅拌约 4h后, TLC检测原料点消失。减压蒸去 DMF, 残余物中加入 THF, 并加入 140mg TBAF (四丁基氟化铵), 室温搅拌 lh。 停止反应, 加入 20ml乙酸乙酯和 20ml 水层萃取, 有机层干燥后浓縮过柱得 96mg中间体 1-5 (黄色固体, 收率 80%)。  100 mg of the intermediate 1-4 and 104 mg of 2-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)bromoethane were dissolved in DMF, and 156 mg of cesium carbonate was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for about 4 hours, and the starting point of the TLC was disappeared. DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure, and THF was added to the residue, and 140 mg of TBAF (tetrabutylammonium fluoride) was added and stirred at room temperature for lh. The reaction was quenched, extracted with 20 ml of ethyl acetate and 20 ml of aqueous layer. The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give the title compound 1-5 (yellow solid, yield 80%).
!HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.71 (dd, J= 10.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.38 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (td, J= 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H ), 4.16 - 4.09 (m, 2H), 2.85 (s, 1H). ! HNMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 7.71 (dd, J = 10.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.38 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (td, J= 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H ), 4.16 - 4.09 (m, 2H) ), 2.85 (s, 1H).
制备实施例 6: 中间体 1-6的制备
Figure imgf000021_0002
Preparation Example 6: Preparation of Intermediates 1-6
Figure imgf000021_0002
除了使用中间体 1-3代替中间体 1-4之外, 以与制备实施例 5相同的方法制备中间体 1-6 (黄色固体, 收率 81%)。  Intermediate 1-6 (yellow solid, yield 81%) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 5 except that Intermediate 1-3 was used instead of Intermediate 1-4.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.71 (dd, J= 10.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01 (td, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.52-4.42 (m, 2H), 4.12 (s, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 7.71 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01 (td, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.52-4.42 (m, 2H), 4.12 (s, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
制备实施 7: 中间体 1-7的制备:
Figure imgf000021_0003
Preparation Example 7: Preparation of Intermediates 1-7:
Figure imgf000021_0003
将 lOOmg中间体 1-4与 98mg N-Boc溴乙胺 (N-叔丁氧羰基溴乙胺) 溶于 DMF中, 加 入 156mg碳酸铯, 50°C下搅拌约 4h后, TLC检测原料点消失。 减压蒸去 DMF, 残余物中 加入 10ml 5N的盐酸的乙醇溶液, 50°C搅拌 5h后停止反应, 蒸去反应液,残余物溶于 20ml 乙酸乙酯后, 用 20ml水, 10ml 3N NaHCO3各洗一次。 有机层干燥后浓縮过柱得 102mg中 间体 1-7 (黄色固体, 收率 86%)。 100 mg of intermediate 1-4 and 98 mg of N-Boc bromoethylamine (N-tert-butoxycarbonyl bromide) were dissolved in DMF, and 156 mg of cesium carbonate was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C for about 4 hours, and the TLC detection material disappeared. . DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure, and 10 ml of a 5N aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid was added to the residue. After stirring at 50 ° C for 5 h, the reaction was stopped, and the reaction mixture was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 20 ml of ethyl acetate, then 20 ml of water, 10 ml of 3N NaHCO 3 Wash once each. The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give crystalljjjjjjjjj
!HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.71 (dd, J = 9.8, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.31 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, lH),7.16 (d,J= 9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (td, J= 9.2, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H,), 3.53 (t,J = 5.6 Hz, 2H). ! HNMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 7.71 (dd, J = 9.8, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.31 (d, J = 3.7 Hz, lH), 7.16 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (td, J= 9.2, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 3.40 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H,), 3.53 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H).
制备实施例 8: 中间体 1-8的制备:
Figure imgf000022_0001
Preparation Example 8: Preparation of Intermediates 1-8:
Figure imgf000022_0001
除了使用中间体 1-3代替中间体 1-4之外, 以与制备实施例 7相同的方法制备中间体 1-8 (黄色固体, 收率 91%)。  Intermediate 1-8 (yellow solid, yield 91%) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 7 except that Intermediate 1-3 was used instead of Intermediate 1-4.
!HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.69 (dd, J= 10.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd,J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.97 (td,J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (t,J = 5.6 Hz, 2H,), 3.54 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H). ! HNMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 7.69 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.97 (td, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H,), 3.54 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.33 ( s, 3H).
制备实 9: 中间体 1-9的制备:  Preparation Example 9: Preparation of Intermediates 1-9:
Figure imgf000022_0002
Figure imgf000022_0002
将 5g (合成方法可参考 WO2008103277)溶于 50ml甲苯中, 冰浴下加入 5g (synthesis method can refer to WO2008103277) dissolved in 50ml of toluene, added under ice bath
14ml三乙胺, 缓慢加入 1.77ml甲磺酰氯, 滴加完毕后冰浴下搅拌 30min, TLC示反应完毕。 将反应液蒸干, 加入干燥的 50ml DMF溶解底物, 加入 3.27g 6-氯 -哒嗪 -3-酮和 7.4g碳酸铯, 14 ml of triethylamine, slowly added 1.77 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride, and after stirring, the mixture was stirred for 30 min in an ice bath, and TLC showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was evaporated to dryness. EtOAc (EtOAc) (EtOAc)
50°C下搅拌 3h, TLC示反应完毕。 减压蒸去 DMF, 加入 10ml乙酸乙酯和 200ml水, 有机 层萃取后干燥, 浓縮后柱层析得 6g中间体 1-9 (白色固体, 两步收率 79%)。 After stirring at 50 ° C for 3 h, TLC showed the reaction was completed. The DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure, and 10 ml of ethyl acetate and 200 ml of water were added, and the organic layer was extracted and dried, and concentrated to give 6 g of Intermediate 1-9 (white solid, yield of 79% in two steps).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 58.65(d, J= 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d,J= 9.7Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J= 9.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d,J= 9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 4.67 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 4.55(t, J= 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 58.65 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 9.7Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd, J= 9.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J= 9.6 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 4.67 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H ), 4.55 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H).
制备实施例 10: 中间体 1-10的制备:  Preparation Example 10: Preparation of Intermediate 1-10:
H
Figure imgf000022_0003
第一步:
H
Figure imgf000022_0003
first step:
/^OTBDMS  /^OTBDMS
将 10g HzN 与 11. lg 1,5-二氮杂萘衍生物溶于 DMF中,冰浴下分批加入 2.51g 氢化钠, 加完后室温搅拌 5min, 50°C下搅拌 2h后, TLC示原料点基本消失。 将反应液冷 却至冰浴, 在冰浴下, 加入 2.51g氢化钠, 搅拌 5min后, 加入 4.5ml乙酰氯, 溶液中有大 量白色固体析出, 室温搅拌 3h后, 加入 200ml水淬灭未反应完的氢化钠, 加入 400ml乙酸 乙酯萃取, 有机层水洗三次, 每次 100ml。 有机层干燥, 浓縮, 将浓縮得到的油状物溶于 200mlTHF,加入 37g TBAF,室温搅拌, 反应液逐渐变为黑色。 30min后停止反应,用 100ml 乙酸乙酯稀释反应液, 水洗 3次, 每次 30ml。 乙酸乙酯层干燥后, 浓縮, 得粗产物。 10 g HzN and 11. lg 1,5-naphthyridine derivatives were dissolved in DMF, and 2.51 g of sodium hydride was added in portions under ice bath. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 min, and stirred at 50 ° C for 2 h, TLC showed The raw material points basically disappeared. The reaction solution was cooled to an ice bath. Under ice bath, 2.51 g of sodium hydride was added, and after stirring for 5 min, 4.5 ml of acetyl chloride was added, and a large amount of white solid was precipitated in the solution. After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, it was quenched by adding 200 ml of water. The sodium hydride was extracted with 400 ml of ethyl acetate and the organic layer was washed three times with 100 ml each time. The organic layer was dried, concentrated, and the obtained oil was dissolved in 200 ml of THF, and 37 g of TBAF was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature, and the reaction liquid gradually turned black. After 30 min, the reaction was stopped, and the reaction solution was diluted with 100 ml of ethyl acetate and washed three times with 30 ml each time. The ethyl acetate layer was dried and concentrated to give a crude material.
第二步:  The second step:
将第一步的粗产物溶于 100ml甲苯中, 冰浴下加入 16ml三乙胺, 缓慢加入 5.2ml甲磺 酰氯,滴加完毕后冰浴下搅拌 30min, TLC示反应完毕。将反应液蒸干,加入干燥的 50ml DMF 溶解底物, 加入 7.4g 6-氯 -哒嗪 -3-酮和 20g碳酸铯, 50°C下搅拌 3h, TLC示反应完毕。 减 压蒸去 DMF, 反应物溶解于 60ml THF中, 加入 30ml水后, 冰浴下加入 4.5g NaOH, 加完 后室温反应过夜。 TLC示新点不再增加后, 向反应液中加入 400ml乙酸乙酯和 200ml水萃 取反应液,共萃取 1次。乙酸乙酯层用无水硫酸钠干燥后,浓縮,柱层析得 5.3g中间体 1-10(白 色固体, 中间体不必分离纯化直接投下一步, 总收率 28%)。  The crude product of the first step was dissolved in 100 ml of toluene, and 16 ml of triethylamine was added thereto under ice-cooling, and 5.2 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride was slowly added thereto. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes in an ice bath, and TLC showed the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness. EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc DMF was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the reaction was dissolved in 60 ml of THF. After adding 30 ml of water, 4.5 g of NaOH was added under ice bath, and the reaction was allowed to proceed overnight at room temperature. After the TLC showed that the new point was no longer increased, the reaction liquid was extracted by adding 400 ml of ethyl acetate and 200 ml of water to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted once. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and then concentrated, and then, then,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 58.46 (d, J= 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.40 (d, J= 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J= 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J= 5.5 Hz,lH), 4.58 (t,J= 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.84 (q, J= 6.06 Hz, 2H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 58.46 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 8.40 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (t, J = 5.7 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, lH), 4.58 (t, J = 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.84 (q, J= 6.06 Hz, 2H).
制备实施例 11: 中间体 1-11的制备:
Figure imgf000023_0001
Preparation Example 11: Preparation of Intermediates 1-11:
Figure imgf000023_0001
1-11 第一步:  1-11 First step:
将 5g 6-氟吲哚溶于乙醚中, 冰浴下滴加 10.78g草酰氯的乙醚溶液, 滴完后 22°C反应 5h。 蒸去乙醚, 向得到的反应物中加入 lOml N-甲基哌嗪, 22°C反应 18h。 将反应液倒入大 量冰水中, 有大量白色固体析出。 过滤, 滤饼干燥, 得产物 3.3g (白色固体, 收率 31%)。  5 g of 6-fluoroindole was dissolved in diethyl ether, and 10.78 g of an oxalyl chloride solution in diethyl ether was added dropwise thereto under ice-cooling, and the mixture was reacted at 22 ° C for 5 hours. Ether was evaporated, and 10 ml of N-methylpiperazine was added to the obtained mixture, which was reacted at 22 ° C for 18 h. The reaction solution was poured into a large amount of ice water, and a large amount of white solid was precipitated. After filtration, the cake was dried to give the product (yield: white solid, yield 31%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 12.53-12.09 (m, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J= 8.5, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J= 8.9, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (t, J= 9.5 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (t, J= 3Hz, 2H), 3.25 (t, J= 3Hz: 2H), 2.38 (t, J= 3Hz, 2H), 2.238 (m, t, J= 3Hz, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 12.53-12.09 (m, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J = 8.5, 4.9 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (dd, J = 8.9, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (t, J= 9.5 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (t, J= 3Hz, 2H), 3.25 (t, J= 3Hz : 2H), 2.38 (t, J= 3Hz, 2H), 2.238 (m, t, J= 3Hz, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H).
第二步:  The second step:
将 lg第一步的产物溶于重蒸干燥的 THF中, 加入 920mg氢化锂铝, 回流反应过夜。 TLC 示反应物完全消失, 停止反应, 并将反应液冷却至室温。 冰浴下, 缓慢加水破坏多余 的氢化锂铝, 并过滤除去不溶物, 滤饼用乙酸乙酯洗 3次, 每次 50ml。 滤液中加入 100ml 水,萃取分离水层。有机层干燥后蒸干,柱层析得 870mg中间体 1-11 (白色固体,收率 96%)。  The product of the first step of lg was dissolved in dry distilled THF, 920 mg of lithium aluminum hydride was added, and the reaction was refluxed overnight. TLC showed the reaction disappeared completely, the reaction was stopped, and the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. Under ice bath, water was slowly added to destroy excess lithium aluminum hydride, and the insoluble matter was removed by filtration. The filter cake was washed three times with ethyl acetate, 50 ml each time. 100 ml of water was added to the filtrate, and the aqueous layer was separated by extraction. The organic layer was dried and evaporated to dryness.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J= 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J= 9.7, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.87 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 2.98-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.39 (m, 10H), 2.34-2.28 (m, 3H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.49 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J = 9.7, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.87 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 2.98-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.39 (m, 10H), 2.34-2.28 (m, 3H).
以与制备实施例 11相同的方法制备如下中间体:  The following intermediates were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 11:
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001
制备实施例 12: 中间体 1-17的制备:  Preparation Example 12: Preparation of Intermediates 1-17:
Figure imgf000025_0002
将 2g中间体 1-1和 6g乙氧甲酰基亚甲基三苯基膦溶于干燥的 50ml乙腈中, 70°反应过 夜。 TLC示底物完全转化。 停止反应, 将反应液冷却至室温。 加入 50ml乙酸乙酯和 50ml 水, 萃取分去水层, 有机层干燥, 浓縮, 柱层析得 6.1g中间体 1-17 (白色固体, 收率 85%)。
Figure imgf000025_0002
2 g of Intermediate 1-1 and 6 g of ethoxycarbonylmethylenetriphenylphosphine were dissolved in dry 50 ml of acetonitrile and reacted overnight at 70 °. TLC showed complete conversion of the substrate. The reaction was stopped and the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. 50 ml of ethyl acetate and 50 ml of water were added, and the aqueous layer was separated, and then dried, concentrated, and then purified to give 6.1 g of Intermediate 1-17 (white solid, yield 85%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.70 (s, 1H), 7.91-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.05-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.43 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.36 (dd, J = 8.2, 6.0 Hz, 3H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.70 (s, 1H), 7.91-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.1 Hz, 1H) , 7.05-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.43 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 1.36 (dd, J = 8.2, 6.0 Hz, 3H).
制备实施例 13: 中间体 1-18的制备:  Preparation Example 13: Preparation of Intermediates 1-18:
Figure imgf000025_0003
以中间体 1-17为原料,参考文献 Tetrahedron, 55(16), 5089-5112; 1999所报道的方法,合 成中间体 1-18, 收率 50%。
Figure imgf000025_0003
Intermediate 1-17 was used as a starting material, and the intermediates 1-18 were synthesized by the method reported in Tetrahedron, 55(16), 5089-5112; 1999, yield 50%.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.47 (dd, J= 8.6, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J= 9.6 2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.06(q, J = 5.9Hz, 2H), 3.03 (t, J = 5.6Hz, 2H): 2.85 (t, J= 5.6Hz, 2H), 1.20 (t, J= 5.9Hz, 3H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 8.27 (s, 1H), 7.47 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 9.6 2.2 Hz, 2H), 6.89 (ddd, J = 9.7, 8.7, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 4.06 (q, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.03 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H) : 2.85 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 1.20 (t, J= 5.9Hz, 3H).
制备实施例 14: 中间体 1-19的制备  Preparation Example 14: Preparation of Intermediates 1-19
Figure imgf000026_0001
将 lg中间体 1-18溶于 50ml重蒸干燥的 THF中, 加入 320mg氢化锂铝, 40°C下搅拌 4h后, TLC示反应物完全消失, 停止反应, 并将反应液冷却至室温。 冰浴下, 缓慢加水破 坏多余的氢化锂铝, 并过滤除去不溶物, 滤饼用乙酸乙酯洗 3次, 每次 50ml。 滤液中加入 100ml水, 萃取分离水层。 有机层干燥后蒸干, 柱层析得 420mg中间体 1-19 (油状物, 收率 51%)。
Figure imgf000026_0001
The lg intermediate 1-18 was dissolved in 50 ml of re-distilled THF, and 320 mg of lithium aluminum hydride was added thereto. After stirring at 40 ° C for 4 hours, TLC showed the reaction disappeared completely, the reaction was stopped, and the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. Under ice bath, the excess lithium aluminum hydride was slowly added with water, and the insoluble matter was removed by filtration, and the filter cake was washed three times with ethyl acetate, 50 ml each time. 100 ml of water was added to the filtrate, and the aqueous layer was separated by extraction. The organic layer was dried and evaporated to dryness.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J= 8.6, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J= 9.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 3.74-3.64(m, 2H), 2.64 (t,J= 5.8Hz,2H), 1.96-1.84 (m,2H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J = 9.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (s, 1H) ), 3.74-3.64(m, 2H), 2.64 (t, J= 5.8Hz, 2H), 1.96-1.84 (m, 2H).
制备实施例 15: -20的制备
Figure imgf000026_0002
Preparation Example 15: Preparation of -20
Figure imgf000026_0002
1-20  1-20
将 2g 6-氟吲哚溶于重蒸干燥的 DMF中,冰浴下缓慢加入 2.7mg三氟醋酸酐,滴加过程 中有大量白烟冒出, 滴加完成后, 室温搅拌。 TLC示底物完全消失后, 冰浴下加入少量水, 淬灭剩余的三氟醋酸酐, 有大量白色固体析出。 过滤, 滤饼干燥, 得 3.5g中间体 1-20 (白色 固体, 收率定量) 。  2 g of 6-fluoroindole was dissolved in the re-distilled DMF, and 2.7 mg of trifluoroacetic anhydride was slowly added thereto in an ice bath. A large amount of white smoke appeared during the dropwise addition, and after the dropwise addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at room temperature. After TLC showed complete disappearance of the substrate, a small amount of water was added under ice bath to quench the remaining trifluoroacetic anhydride, and a large amount of white solid precipitated. Filtration and drying of the filter cake gave 3.5 g of Intermediate 1-20 (white solid, yield quantitative).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.33-8.19 (m, 1H), 7.39 (d, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t, J= 10.4 Hz, 1H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone) δ 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.33-8.19 (m, 1H), 7.39 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t, J = 10.4 Hz, 1H).
-21的制备
Figure imgf000026_0003
将 lOOmg中间体 1-18溶于 1ml乙醇中, 加入 60ml N-甲基哌嗪, 60°C搅拌。 TLC示完 全反应后, 将反应液蒸干, 并溶于 4ml四氢呋喃中, 加入 20mg氢化锂铝, 60°C搅拌 3h。 TLC 示反应物完全消失, 停止反应, 并将反应液冷却至室温。 冰浴下, 缓慢加水破坏多余 的氢化锂铝, 并过滤除去不溶物, 滤饼用乙酸乙酯洗 3 次, 每次 10ml。 滤液中加入 15ml 水, 萃取分离水层。 有机层干燥后蒸干, 柱层析得 89mg中间体 1-21 (油状物, 收率 76%)。
-21 preparation
Figure imgf000026_0003
100 mg of the intermediate 1-18 was dissolved in 1 ml of ethanol, 60 ml of N-methylpiperazine was added, and the mixture was stirred at 60 °C. After TLC showed complete reaction, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness mjjjjjjjjjjjj TLC showed the reaction disappeared completely, the reaction was stopped, and the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. Under ice bath, the excess lithium aluminum hydride was slowly added with water, and the insoluble matter was removed by filtration, and the cake was washed three times with ethyl acetate, 10 ml each time. 15 ml of water was added to the filtrate, and the aqueous layer was separated by extraction. The organic layer was dried and evaporated to dryness.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02(dd, J = 9.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.05-6.88 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.40 (m, 12H), 2.19(s, 3H), 1.86-1.72 (m, 2H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J = 9.6, 2.2 Hz, 2H), 7.05-6.88 (m , 1H), 2.70-2.40 (m, 12H), 2.19(s, 3H), 1.86-1.72 (m, 2H).
以与制备实施例 16相同的方法制备如下中间体:  The following intermediates were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 16:
Figure imgf000027_0002
Figure imgf000027_0002
制备实施例 17: 中间体 1-24的制备  Preparation Example 17: Preparation of Intermediate 1-24
Figure imgf000027_0001
将 3g中间体 1-5溶于 20ml重蒸干燥的 DMF中, 加入 1.44g 2-氯 -4-氟吡啶, N2保护下, 分两批, 共加入 800mg氢化钠, 40°C搅拌过夜。 TLC显示中间体 1-5完全消失后, 停止加 热并冷却至室温。 向反应液中加入 40ml水淬灭剩余的氢化钠, 并加入 40ml乙酸乙酯萃取, 分去水层后, 有机层水洗三次, 每次 30ml。 有机层无水硫酸钠干燥, 浓縮过柱后得 4.1g中 间体 1-24 (;浅黄色固体, 收率 97%)。
Figure imgf000027_0001
3 g of the intermediate 1-5 was dissolved in 20 ml of the re-distilled DMF, and 1.44 g of 2-chloro-4-fluoropyridine was added under the protection of N 2 in two portions, and a total of 800 mg of sodium hydride was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C overnight. TLC shows that after the intermediate 1-5 disappears completely, stop adding Heat and cool to room temperature. 40 ml of water was added to the reaction mixture to quench the remaining sodium hydride, and extracted with 40 ml of ethyl acetate. After separating the aqueous layer, the organic layer was washed three times with 30 ml each time. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated.
!HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.20(d, J = 6Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 10.5Hz, 1H), 7.52(m, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (td, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.84(m, 1H), 6.80-6.75 (m, 2H), 4.44 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H ), 3.90 (t, J= 6.0 Hz, 2H). ! HNMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 8.20 (d, J = 6Hz, 1H), 7.80 (d, J = 10.5Hz, 1H), 7.52 (m, 2H), 7.40 (d, J = 3.9 Hz, 1H ), 7.18 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (td, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.84 (m, 1H), 6.80-6.75 (m, 2H), 4.44 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H ), 3.90 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H).
以与制备实施例 17相同的方法制备中间体 1-25 :  Intermediate 1-25 was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 17:
Figure imgf000028_0002
Figure imgf000028_0002
制备实 18: 中间体 1-26的制备  Preparation of solid 18: Preparation of intermediates 1-26
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
将 3g中间体 1-7溶于 20ml重蒸干燥的 DMF中, 加入 1.44g 2-氯 -4-氟吡啶以及 1.5g碳 酸钾, 40°C搅拌 5h后, TLC示反应完毕。减压蒸去 DMF, 向残余物中加入 40ml水和 40ml 乙酸乙酯萃取, 分去水层后, 有机层水洗三次, 每次 30ml。 有机层无水硫酸钠干燥, 浓縮 过柱后得 3.8g中间体 1-26 (浅黄色固体, 收率 89%)。  3 g of the intermediate 1-7 was dissolved in 20 ml of the re-distilled DMF, and 1.44 g of 2-chloro-4-fluoropyridine and 1.5 g of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C for 5 hours, and the reaction was completed by TLC. The DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure, and 40 ml of water and 40 ml of ethyl acetate were added to the residue, and the aqueous layer was separated, and the organic layer was washed three times, 30 ml each time. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated.
!HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.91(d,J= 3.5Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (td, J= 9.2, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.48-6.40(m, 2H), 4.44 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H,), 3.61 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H). ! HNMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 7.91 (d, J = 3.5Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J = 10.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J = 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (td, J= 9.2, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.48-6.40 (m, 2H) ), 4.44 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H,), 3.61 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H).
以与制备实施例 18相同的方法制备中间体 1-27: 中间体 制备方法以及产物结构 Intermediate 1-27 was prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 18: Intermediate preparation method and product structure
Figure imgf000029_0001
除了使用中间体 1-8代替中间体 1-7之外, 以与制备实施例 18相同的方法制备
Figure imgf000029_0001
Prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 18 except that Intermediate 1-8 was used instead of Intermediate 1-7.
1-27 1-27
中间体 1-27 (;浅黄色固体, 收率 82%)  Intermediate 1-27 (light yellow solid, yield 82%)
!HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 57.91(d,J= 3.5Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J= 10.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J= 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd,J= 8.8, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.97 (td, J = 9.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.67-6.65(m, 2H), 3.87 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H,), 3.58 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H). ! HNMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 57.91 (d, J = 3.5Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd , J = 8.8, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.12 (m, 2H), 6.97 (td, J = 9.3, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 6.67-6.65(m, 2H), 3.87 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H,), 3.58 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
制备实施例 19: 中间体 1-28的制备
Figure imgf000029_0002
Preparation example 19: Preparation of intermediates 1-28
Figure imgf000029_0002
第一步: The first step:
将 500 mg
Figure imgf000029_0003
20ml四氢呋喃中,于 -30°C下缓慢滴入 97 mg氢化铝 锂的 10 ml四氢呋喃溶液中, 并保持 -30°C搅拌 30 分钟。 TLC示底物完全消失。 向反应液中 缓慢滴加水淬灭反应后, 加入 50 ml水, 乙酸乙酯萃取 (50 ml *2)。 将有机层干燥后浓縮,
Figure imgf000029_0004
(橙红色油状物, 收率 92.3%)。 第二步: 将 9.2 g ^^N^ 的粗产物溶于 500 ml甲苯中, 冰浴下依次缓慢加入 10.5 ml 三乙胺以及 3.1 ml 甲磺酰氯, 加完后, 于室温下搅拌 30min。 在反应体系中加入 50ml乙酸 乙酯, 用大量水 (200ml) 洗去生成的三乙胺盐酸盐等水溶性物质。 将有机层蒸干后浓縮, 所得的
Figure imgf000030_0001
的粗产物用 200ml DMF稀释,并依次加入 23.8 g碳酸铯以及 8.3 g 中间体 1-4, 于 40 C下搅拌 6 h。 TLC示 ^^N^ 已完全消失。 向反应液中加入
Will be 500 mg
Figure imgf000029_0003
Into 20 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 97 mg of lithium aluminum hydride in 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran was slowly added dropwise at -30 ° C, and stirred at -30 ° C for 30 minutes. TLC showed that the substrate completely disappeared. After slowly adding water to the reaction mixture to quench the reaction, 50 ml of water and ethyl acetate (50 ml *2) were added. The organic layer is dried and concentrated.
Figure imgf000029_0004
(Orange-red oil, yield 92.3%). The second step: 9.2 g ^^N^ of the crude product was dissolved in 500 ml of toluene, and 10.5 ml of triethylamine and 3.1 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride were slowly added thereto in an ice bath. After the addition, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. 50 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the reaction system, and a water-soluble substance such as triethylamine hydrochloride was washed away with a large amount of water (200 ml). The organic layer is evaporated to dryness and concentrated.
Figure imgf000030_0001
The crude product was diluted with 200 ml of DMF, and then 23.8 g of cesium carbonate and 8.3 g of intermediate 1-4 were added, and stirred at 40 C for 6 h. TLC shows that ^^N^ has completely disappeared. Add to the reaction solution
500ml乙酸乙酯, 并用大量水洗(500ml*5 )后。将有机层干燥并浓縮, 柱层析得中间体 1-28 (淡黄色固体, 收率 84%)。 500 ml of ethyl acetate was washed with a large amount of water (500 ml * 5 ). The organic layer was dried and concentrated, and then purified,jjjjjjj
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.81 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.02 - 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.81 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J= 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.04 - 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.72 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.44 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone) δ 8.81 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.02 - 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.81 - 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.68 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J= 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.04 - 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.72 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.44 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H).
以与制备实施例 19相同的方法制备如下中间体:  The following intermediates were prepared in the same manner as in Preparation Example 19:
Figure imgf000030_0002
化合物的制备:
Figure imgf000030_0002
Preparation of the compound:
实施例 1: Example 1:
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
步骤 1 :  step 1 :
将 300mg 4-氯 -7-羟基喹啉溶于 DMF中, 加入 826ml 1-溴 -3-氯丙烷以及 2.3g碳酸钾, 70°C下搅拌 3h后, 加入 374mg碘化钠, 以及 5ml吗啉, 70°C反应过夜。 TLC示底物反应 完毕, 停止加热, 待反应液冷却至室温后, 加入 30ml乙酸乙酯以及 30ml水, 用 1N盐酸将 水层 pH值调至 1-2,, 萃取后弃去有机层。 水层在冰浴下, 用 5N NaOH水溶液将 pH调至 10, 此时, 有大量白色固体析出, 向水层中加入 50ml乙酸乙酯萃取, 有机层水洗多次, 直 至吗啉完全洗至水层后, 有机层用无水硫酸钠干燥, 浓縮, 得 4-氯 -7-(3-吗啉基) -丙氧基喹 啉粗产物 500mg, 收率定量。  300 mg of 4-chloro-7-hydroxyquinoline was dissolved in DMF, 826 ml of 1-bromo-3-chloropropane and 2.3 g of potassium carbonate were added, and after stirring at 70 ° C for 3 h, 374 mg of sodium iodide and 5 ml of morpholine were added. , react at 70 ° C overnight. After TLC showed the reaction of the substrate, the heating was stopped. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 30 ml of ethyl acetate and 30 ml of water were added, and the pH of the aqueous layer was adjusted to 1-2 with 1N hydrochloric acid, and the organic layer was discarded after extraction. The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 10 with an aqueous solution of 5N NaOH in an ice bath. At this time, a large amount of white solid was precipitated, and 50 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the aqueous layer to extract, and the organic layer was washed with water several times until the morpholine was completely washed with water. After the layer, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated.
步骤 2:  Step 2:
将 220mg中间体 1-5以及 224mg步骤 1所得粗产物溶于 35ml甲苯中, 氮气保护下, 依 次加入 36mg醋酸钯, 60mg Sphos(2-二环己基膦 -2',6'-二甲氧基-联苯)以及 262mg碳酸铯, 90°C搅拌过夜。 TLC示底物完全消失, 停止反应并将反应液冷却至室温。 向反应液中加入 60ml乙酸乙酯以及 50ml水, 过滤除去不溶物。 滤液萃取, 有机层水洗 3次, 每次 30ml。 有机层用无水硫酸钠干燥, 浓縮, 过柱得 320mg化合物 A-l (黄色固体, 收率 80%)。  220 mg of intermediate 1-5 and 224 mg of the crude product obtained in Step 1 were dissolved in 35 ml of toluene, and under nitrogen, 36 mg of palladium acetate, 60 mg of Sphos (2-dicyclohexylphosphine-2',6'-dimethoxy group were added in sequence. -biphenyl) and 262 mg of cesium carbonate were stirred at 90 ° C overnight. The TLC showed that the substrate completely disappeared, the reaction was stopped and the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. 60 ml of ethyl acetate and 50 ml of water were added to the reaction mixture, and the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was extracted and the organic layer was washed three times with 30 ml each time. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.60 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd,J= 10.2, 6.1 Hz, 2H), 7.09 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J= 5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (dd,J= 9丄 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (dd, J = 12.4, 4.1 Hz, 4H), 4.09 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.61-3.51 (m, 4H), 2.42 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (s, 4H), 1.96-1.84 (m, 2H).  1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.60 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 3.4 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (dd, J= 10.2, 6.1 Hz, 2H), 7.09 (t , J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (dd, J = 9 丄 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.78 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (dd , J = 12.4, 4.1 Hz, 4H), 4.09 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.61-3.51 (m, 4H), 2.42 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.36 (s, 4H) , 1.96-1.84 (m, 2H).
以与实施例 1相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1:
Figure imgf000031_0002
除了使用 N-甲基哌嗪代替吗啉之外, 以与实施例 1相同的方法制备 A-2 (浅黄色 固体, 收率 75%)。
Figure imgf000031_0002
A-2 (light yellow solid, yield 75%) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that N-methylpiperazine was used instead of morpholine.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.58 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92 - 7.81 (m, 2H), 7.69 - 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.28 - 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.06 (t, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.78-4.55 (m, 4H), 4.11-4.03 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.22(m, 8H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 1.92 - 1.81 (m, 2H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.58 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92 - 7.81 (m (2, H), 7. J = 9.3 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.78-4.55 (m, 4H), 4.11-4.03 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.22 (m, 8H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 1.92 - 1.81 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000032_0001
除了使用吡咯烷代替吗啉之外, 以与实施例 1相同的方法制备 A-3 (浅黄色固体,
Figure imgf000032_0001
Preparation of A-3 (light yellow solid, in the same manner as in Example 1, except that pyrrolidine was used instead of morpholine.
A-3 收率 75%)。 A-3 yield 75%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 10.3 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J= 10.8 Hz, 1H), 7.95-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.11 - 7.02 (m, 1H), 6.93 (d, J= 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J= 10.5 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.75-4.68 (m, 4H), 4.15-4.05 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.50 (m, 6H), 2.00-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.68 (m, 4H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 10.3 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 7.95-7.80 (m , 2H), 7.67 - 7.59 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.11 - 7.02 (m, 1H), 6.93 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J = 10.5 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 4.75-4.68 (m, 4H), 4.15-4.05 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.50 (m, 6H), 2.00-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.75- 1.68 (m, 4H).
F 除了使用 1-氯 -2-溴乙烷代替 1-溴 -3-氯丙烷之外, 以与实施例 1相同的方法制备F was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 1-chloro-2-bromoethane was used instead of 1-bromo-3-chloropropane.
A-4 A-4 (浅黄色固体, 收率 72%)。 A-4 A-4 (light yellow solid, yield 72%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J= 10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.82 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J= 8.5, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.75-4.58 (m, 4H), 4.15 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.61-3.50 (m, 4H), 2.70 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.49-2.41 (m,4H). F 除了使用 1-氯 -4-溴丁烷代替 1-溴 -3-氯丙烷之外, 以与实施例 1相同的方法制备1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 10.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.82 (m , 2H), 7.64 (dd, J= 8.5, 5.7 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93 (d, J= 5.2 Hz (1, H), 6. -3.50 (m, 4H), 2.70 (t, J= 5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.49-2.41 (m, 4H). F was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 1-chloro-4-bromobutane was used instead of 1-bromo-3-chloropropane.
A-5 A-5 (;浅黄色固体, 收率 92%)。 A-5 A-5 (light yellow solid, yield 92%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J = 9.9, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.5, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J= 10.1 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.73-4.57 (m, 4H), 4.05 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.59-3.47 (m, 4H), 2.37-2.24 (m, 6H), 1.82-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.46 (m, 3H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 10.8 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (dd, J = 9.9, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.5, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J= 10.1 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d , J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.73-4.57 (m, 4H), 4.05 (t, J = 6.5 Hz , 2H), 3.59-3.47 (m, 4H), 2.37-2.24 (m, 6H), 1.82-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.46 (m, 3H).
Q F 、 。 0 除了使用中间体 1-6代替中间体 1-5之外, 以与实施例 1相同的方法制备 A-6 (浅Q F , . 0 A-6 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that Intermediate 1-6 was used instead of Intermediate 1-5.
A-6 黄色固体, 收率 88%)。 A-6 yellow solid, yield 88%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.58 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06-6.97 (m, 1H), 6.90-6.80 (m, 2H), 4.78-4.64 (m, 4H), 4.09 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.64-3.56 (m, 4H), 2.46 (t, J= 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.43-2.35(m, 4H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.99-1.88 (m, 2H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone) δ 8.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06-6.97 (m, 1H), 6.90-6.80 ( m, 2H), 4.78-4.64 (m, 4H), 4.09 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.64-3.56 (m, 4H), 2.46 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.43-2.35 (m, 4H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.99-1.88 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000033_0001
除了使用中间体 1-6代替中间体 1-5, 使用 N-甲基哌嗪代替吗啉之外, 以与实施
Figure imgf000033_0001
In addition to using intermediate 1-6 instead of intermediate 1-5, using N-methylpiperazine instead of morpholine,
A-7 A-7
例 1相同的方法制备 A-7 (浅黄色固体, 收率 67%)。  A-7 (light yellow solid, yield 67%) was obtained by the same procedure.
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.63 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.04-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.86 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49(s, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.23(d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 7.10-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.92-6.80 (m, 2H), 4.78-4.64 (m, 4H), 4.13-4.06(m, 2H),2.64-2.48(m, 2H), 2.31-2.24(m, 2H), 2.37-2.16 (m, 10H), 1.85-1.73(m, 2H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone) δ 8.63 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.04-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.86 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49(s, 1H), 7.26 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 7.10-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.92-6.80 ( m, 2H), 4.78-4.64 (m, 4H), 4.13-4.06 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.48 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.16 (m, 10H), 1.85-1.73 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
步骤 1 :  step 1 :
将 300mg 4-氯 -1,5-萘啶溶于 DMF中,加入 821ml 1-溴 -3-氯丙烷以及 2.3g碳酸钾, 70°C 下搅拌 3h后, 加入 249mg碘化钠以及 5ml吗啉, 70°C反应过夜。 TLC示底物反应完毕, 停止加热, 待反应液冷却至室温后, 加入 30ml乙酸乙酯以及 30ml水, 用 1N盐酸将水层 pH值调至 1-2, 萃取后弃去有机层。 水层在冰浴下, 用 5N NaOH水溶液将 pH调至 10, 此 时有大量白色固体析出, 向水层中加入 50ml乙酸乙酯萃取, 有机层水洗多次, 直至吗啉完 全洗至水层后, 有机层用无水硫酸钠干燥, 浓縮, 得 4-氯 -7-(3-吗啉基) -丙氧基 -1,5-萘啶粗产 物 479mg (;浅黄色固体, 收率 93%)。  300 mg of 4-chloro-1,5-naphthyridine was dissolved in DMF, 821 ml of 1-bromo-3-chloropropane and 2.3 g of potassium carbonate were added, and after stirring at 70 ° C for 3 h, 249 mg of sodium iodide and 5 ml of morpholine were added. , react at 70 ° C overnight. TLC showed that the substrate was reacted, the heating was stopped, and after the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 30 ml of ethyl acetate and 30 ml of water were added, and the pH of the aqueous layer was adjusted to 1-2 with 1N hydrochloric acid, and the organic layer was discarded after extraction. The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 10 with an aqueous solution of 5N NaOH in an ice bath. At this time, a large amount of white solid was precipitated, and 50 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the aqueous layer for extraction. The organic layer was washed with water several times until the morpholine was completely washed to the aqueous layer. After that, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated, evaporated,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 93%).
ESI[M+1]: 308  ESI[M+1]: 308
步骤 2:  Step 2:
方法 1 :  method 1 :
将 177mg中间体 1-7以及 200mg步骤 1所得粗产物溶于 10ml DMF中, 加入 135mg碳 酸铯, 70°C下搅拌过夜。停止加热, 待反应液冷却至室温后, 加入 50ml乙酸乙酯以及 30ml 水, 以及 30ml饱和氯化钠水溶液萃取。 有机层水洗 5次, 每次 30ml。 有机层用无水硫酸钠 干燥, 浓縮, 柱层析得 153mg化合物 A-9 (黄色固体, 收率 43%)。  177 mg of Intermediate 1-7 and 200 mg of the crude product obtained in Step 1 were dissolved in 10 ml of DMF, 135 mg of cesium carbonate was added, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C overnight. The heating was stopped, and after the reaction liquid was cooled to room temperature, 50 ml of ethyl acetate and 30 ml of water and 30 ml of a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution were added to extract. The organic layer was washed 5 times, 30 ml each time. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated.
方法 2:  Method 2:
将 194mg中间体 1-7以及 200mg步骤 1所得粗产物溶于 30ml甲苯中, 氮气保护下, 依 次加入 29mg醋酸钯, 48mg Sphos(2-二环己基膦 -2',6'-二甲氧基-联苯)以及 232mg碳酸铯, 90°C搅拌过夜。 TLC示底物完全消失, 停止反应并将反应液冷却至室温。 向反应液中加入 45ml乙酸乙酯以及 45ml水, 过滤除去不溶物。 滤液萃取, 有机层水洗 3次, 每次 30ml。 有机层用无水硫酸钠干燥, 浓縮, 过柱得 256mg化合物 A-9 (黄色固体, 收率 72%)。  194 mg of intermediate 1-7 and 200 mg of the crude product obtained in step 1 were dissolved in 30 ml of toluene, and under nitrogen, 29 mg of palladium acetate, 48 mg of Sphos (2-dicyclohexylphosphine-2',6'-dimethoxy group were added in sequence. -biphenyl) and 232 mg of cesium carbonate, stirred at 90 ° C overnight. The TLC showed that the substrate completely disappeared, the reaction was stopped and the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. 45 ml of ethyl acetate and 45 ml of water were added to the reaction mixture, and the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was extracted and the organic layer was washed three times with 30 ml each time. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated.
ESI[M+1]: 544 以与实施例 2相同的方法制备如下化合物: ESI[M+1]: 544 The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 2:
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
实 3:  Real 3:
Figure imgf000036_0002
Figure imgf000036_0002
步骤 1 :  step 1 :
将 5g 2-甲氧基乙醇溶于 10ml甲苯中, 加入 5.6ml三乙胺, 冰浴下缓慢加入 5.6ml甲磺 酰氯, 滴加过程中有大量白色固体析出。 加完后撤去冰浴, 室温搅拌 30min。 TLC示原料反 应完毕, 将反应液蒸干后, 加入 30ml乙酸乙酯以及 30ml水, 分去水层, 有机层干燥后, 浓縮, 得 2-甲氧乙氧基甲酸酸酯粗产物。 取 200mg粗产物溶解于 lOmlDMF中, 依次加入 230mg 4-氯 -7-羟基喹啉, 358mg碳酸铯, 并置于 50°C油浴中搅拌 3h后, TLC示原料反应 完毕。停止反应后, 待反应液冷却后, 减压蒸去 DMF, 向残余物中加入 30ml乙酸乙酯以及 30ml水, 萃取分去水层, 有机层水洗 3次, 每次 30ml。 有机层干燥后, 浓縮, 得 4-氯 -7- 甲氧乙氧基喹啉粗产物 (灰白色固体, 收率定量) 。 5 g of 2-methoxyethanol was dissolved in 10 ml of toluene, 5.6 ml of triethylamine was added, and 5.6 ml of methanesulfonyl chloride was slowly added thereto under ice-cooling, and a large amount of white solid was precipitated during the dropwise addition. After the addition was completed, the ice bath was removed and stirred at room temperature for 30 min. TLC shows the reverse of raw materials After completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness, and then, 30 ml of ethyl acetate and 30 ml of water were added, and the aqueous layer was partitioned, and the organic layer was dried and concentrated to give a crude product of 2-methoxyethoxyacetate. 200 mg of the crude product was dissolved in 10 ml of DMF, and 230 mg of 4-chloro-7-hydroxyquinoline, 358 mg of cesium carbonate were successively added, and the mixture was stirred in an oil bath at 50 ° C for 3 hours, and TLC showed the completion of the reaction. After the reaction was stopped, the reaction liquid was cooled, and DMF was evaporated under reduced pressure. To the residue, 30 ml of ethyl acetate and 30 ml of water were added, and the aqueous layer was extracted and the organic layer was washed three times, 30 ml each time. The organic layer was dried and concentrated to give 4-chloro-7-methoxyethoxyquinoline as a crude product (yellow solid, yield quantitative).
步骤 2:  Step 2:
将 lOOmg 4-氯 -7-甲氧乙氧基喹啉粗产物溶于 25ml甲苯中,氮气保护下,依次加入 126mg 中间体 1-5, 19mg醋酸钯, 30mg Sphos(2-二环己基膦 -2',6'-二甲氧基-联苯)以及 164mg碳酸 铯, 90°C搅拌过夜。 TLC示底物完全消失, 停止反应并将反应液冷却至室温。 向反应液中 加入 30ml乙酸乙酯以及 20ml水,过滤除去不溶物。滤液萃取,有机层水洗 3次,每次 30ml。 有机层用无水硫酸钠干燥, 浓縮, 过柱得 128mg化合物 A-16 (浅黄色固体, 收率 64%)。  The crude product of 100 mg of 4-chloro-7-methoxyethoxyquinoline was dissolved in 25 ml of toluene, and under nitrogen, 126 mg of intermediate 1-5, 19 mg of palladium acetate, 30 mg of Sphos (2-dicyclohexylphosphine) were added in sequence. 2',6'-dimethoxy-biphenyl) and 164 mg of cesium carbonate were stirred at 90 ° C overnight. The TLC showed that the substrate completely disappeared, the reaction was stopped and the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. 30 ml of ethyl acetate and 20 ml of water were added to the reaction mixture, and the insoluble matter was removed by filtration. The filtrate was extracted and the organic layer was washed three times with 30 ml each time. The organic layer was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated.
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.61 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.08-7.93 (m, 3H), 7.78 (dd, J = 3.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.10-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J= 7.2, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 6.77 (s, 1H), 4.86-4.73 (m, 4H), 4.22 (t, J= 5.9Hz, 2H), 3.76 (t, J = 5.9Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone) δ 8.61 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.08-7.93 (m, 3H), 7.78 (dd, J = 3.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.63 (m, 1H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.10-7.00 (m, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J= 7.2, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 6.77 (s , 1H), 4.86-4.73 (m, 4H), 4.22 (t, J= 5.9Hz, 2H), 3.76 (t, J = 5.9Hz, 2H), 3.38 (s, 3H).
以与实施例 3相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 3:
Figure imgf000037_0001
F 除了使用二乙二醇单甲醚代替 2-甲氧基乙醇之外, 以与实施例 3相同的方法制
Figure imgf000037_0001
F was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3 except that diethylene glycol monomethyl ether was used instead of 2-methoxyethanol.
A-18 备化合物 A- 18 (;浅黄色固体, 收率 79%)。 A-18 Compound A- 18 (light yellow solid, yield 79%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.57 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (d, J= 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J= 8.6, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.11 (t, J= 11.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (td, J= 9.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.78 (m, 2H), 6.72 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.80-4.65 (m, 4H), 4.21-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.68-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone) δ 8.57 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 2H), 7.88 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J= 8.6, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.11 (t, J= 11.4 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (td, J= 9.1, 2.3 Hz , 1H), 6.94-6.78 (m, 2H), 6.72 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.80-4.65 (m, 4H), 4.21-4.10 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.79 (m, 2H ), 3.68-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H).
F 除了使用中间体 1-6代替中间体 1-5, 使用二乙二醇单甲醚代替 2-甲氧基乙醇之In addition to using intermediate 1-6 instead of intermediate 1-5, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether was used instead of 2-methoxyethanol.
A-19 夕卜, 以与实施例 3相同的方法制备化合物 A-19 (浅黄色固体, 收率 82%)。 A-19 Compound A-19 (light yellow solid, yield 82%) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 3.
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.60 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.04-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J= 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.07-6.94 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.78 (m, 2H), 4.79-4.60 (m, 4H), 4.23-4.12 (m, 2H), 3.93-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone) δ 8.60 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.04-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.07-6.94 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.78 ( m, 2H), 4.79-4.60 (m, 4H), 4.23-4.12 (m, 2H), 3.93-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.59-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 2.27 (s, 3H).
F 除了使用中间体 1-6代替中间体 1-5之外, 以与实施例 3相同的方法制备化合物F A compound was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3 except that Intermediate 1-6 was used instead of Intermediate 1-5.
A-20 A-20
A-20 (浅黄色固体, 收率 88%)。  A-20 (light yellow solid, yield 88%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.80 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J =9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.07-6.94 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.78 (m, 2H), 4.78-4.62 (m, 4H), 4.22 (t, J= 6.0Hz, 2H), 3.77 (t, J= 5.9Hz, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H). 除了使用中间体 1-6代替中间体 1-5,使用 3-甲氧基丙醇代替 2-甲氧基乙醇之外, 以与实施例 3相同的方法制备化合物 A-21 (浅黄色固体, 收率 88%)。 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone) δ 8.59 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02-7.93 (m, 2H), 7.80 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.07-6.94 (m, 1H), 6.91-6.78 ( m, 2H), 4.78-4.62 (m, 4H), 4.22 (t, J= 6.0Hz, 2H), 3.77 (t, J= 5.9Hz, 2H), 3.37 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H) ). Compound A-21 (light yellow solid, was prepared in the same manner as in Example 3 except that Intermediate 1-6 was used instead of Intermediate 1-5, and 3-methoxypropanol was used instead of 2-methoxyethanol. Yield 88%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.60 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.80 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J= 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J =10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.09-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.90-6.76 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.59 (m, 4H), 4.09 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.47 (t, J= 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H), 2.03-1.91 (m, 2H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone) δ 8.60 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.02-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.80 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J= 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J =10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.09-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.90-6.76 ( m, 2H), 4.75-4.59 (m, 4H), 4.09 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.47 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.23 (s, 3H), 2.26 (s, 3H) ), 2.03-1.91 (m, 2H).
实施例 4:  Example 4:
Figure imgf000039_0001
步骤 1 :
Figure imgf000039_0001
step 1 :
以与实施例 3中步骤 1相同的方法, 由 2-甲氧基乙醇和甲磺酰氯制备 2-甲氧乙氧基甲 酸酸酯粗产物。  The crude product of 2-methoxyethoxycarboxylate was prepared from 2-methoxyethanol and methanesulfonyl chloride in the same manner as in the step 1 of Example 3.
步骤 2:  Step 2:
将 234mg 4-氯 -7-羟基 -1,5-萘啶溶于 DMF中, 加入 200mg 2-甲氧乙氧基甲酸酸酯以及 179g碳酸钾, 70°C下搅拌 3h后, TLC示底物反应完毕, 停止加热, 待反应液冷却至室温 后, 加入 20ml乙酸乙酯以及 20ml水萃取后, 有机层用无水硫酸钠干燥, 浓縮得 4-氯 -7-甲 氧乙氧基 -1,5-萘啶粗产物 (灰白色固体, 收率定量) 。  234 mg of 4-chloro-7-hydroxy-1,5-naphthyridine was dissolved in DMF, 200 mg of 2-methoxyethoxyformate and 179 g of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C for 3 h, and the substrate was shown by TLC. After the completion of the reaction, the heating was stopped. After the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, ethyl acetate (20 ml) and 20 ml of water were added, and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give 4-chloro-7-methoxyethoxy-1 , 5-naphthyridine crude product (off-white solid, quantitative yield).
步骤 3 :  Step 3:
方法 1 :  method 1 :
将 119mg中间体 1-8以及 lOOmg步骤 2所得粗产物溶于 10ml DMF中,加入 63mg碳酸 钾, 70°C下搅拌过夜。 停止加热, 待反应液冷却至室温后, 加入 35ml乙酸乙酯以及 35ml 水, 以及 30ml饱和氯化钠水溶液萃取。 有机层水洗 5次, 每次 30ml。 有机层用无水硫酸钠 干燥, 浓縮, 柱层析得 122mg化合物 A-22 (浅黄色固体, 收率 60%)。 119 mg of Intermediate 1-8 and 100 mg of the crude product obtained in Step 2 were dissolved in 10 ml of DMF, and 63 mg of potassium carbonate was added thereto, and stirred at 70 ° C overnight. The heating was stopped, and after the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 35 ml of ethyl acetate and 35 ml of water and 30 ml of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride were added. The organic layer was washed 5 times, 30 ml each time. Anhydrous sodium sulfate Drying, concentration and column chromatography gave 122 mg of Compound A-22 (light yellow solid, yield 60%).
方法 2:  Method 2:
将 131mg中间体 1-8以及 lOOmg步骤 2所得粗产物溶于 30ml甲苯中, 氮气保护下, 依 次加入 19mg醋酸钯, 31mg Sphos(2-二环己基膦 -2',6'-二甲氧基-联苯)以及 150mg碳酸铯, 90°C搅拌过夜。 TLC示底物完全消失, 停止反应并将反应液冷却至室温。 向反应液中加入 45ml乙酸乙酯以及 45ml水, 过滤除去不溶物。 滤液萃取, 有机层水洗 3次, 每次 30ml。 有机层用无水硫酸钠干燥, 浓縮, 过柱得 164mg化合物 A-22 (浅黄色固体, 收率 80%)。  131 mg of intermediate 1-8 and 100 mg of the crude product obtained in Step 2 were dissolved in 30 ml of toluene, and under nitrogen, 19 mg of palladium acetate and 31 mg of Sphos (2-dicyclohexylphosphine-2',6'-dimethoxy group were sequentially added. -biphenyl) and 150 mg of cesium carbonate were stirred at 90 ° C overnight. The TLC showed that the substrate completely disappeared, the reaction was stopped and the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. 45 ml of ethyl acetate and 45 ml of water were added to the reaction mixture, and the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was extracted and the organic layer was washed three times with 30 ml each time. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated and evaporated.
ESI[M+1]: 489  ESI[M+1]: 489
以与实施例 4相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 4:
Figure imgf000040_0001
A-26
Figure imgf000040_0001
A-26
除了使用二乙二醇单甲醚代替 2-甲氧基乙醇之外, 以与实施例 4中方法 2相同 的方法制备化合物 A-26 (白色固体, 收率 90%)。  Compound A-26 (white solid, yield 90%) was obtained in the same manner as in the method of the method of Example 4 except that diethylene glycol monomethyl ether was used instead of 2-methoxyethanol.
ESI[M+1]: 533  ESI[M+1]: 533
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
以中间体 1-7、 4-氯 -7-羟基 -1,5-萘啶、 3-二甲基叔丁基硅氧基丙醇为原料, 按照与实施 例 2相同的方法合成中间体 A-27i。  Intermediate A was synthesized in the same manner as in Example 2 using Intermediate 1-7, 4-chloro-7-hydroxy-1,5-naphthyridine and 3-dimethyl-tert-butylsiloxypropanol as starting materials. -27i.
将 lOOmg中间体 A-27i溶于 40ml四氢呋喃中,加入 1ml TBAF室温搅拌 30min后, TLC 示反应完毕。 向反应体系中加入 30ml水和 30ml乙酸乙酯, 萃取分去水层。 有机层干燥后, 浓縮, 过柱得 81mg化合物 A-27 (白色固体, 收率定量) 。  The lOOmg intermediate A-27i was dissolved in 40 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and 1 ml of TBAF was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 min, and TLC showed the reaction was completed. 30 ml of water and 30 ml of ethyl acetate were added to the reaction system, and the aqueous layer was separated by extraction. After the organic layer was dried, it was concentrated, and then was applied to the residue to afford 81 mg of Compound A-27 (white solid, yield quantitative).
ESI[M+1]: 475  ESI[M+1]: 475
以与实施例 5相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 5:
Figure imgf000041_0002
7.99 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.90-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.65 (dd, J= 8.6, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.07 (td, J= 8.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (dd, J= 9.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (dd, J= 10.8, 3.9 Hz, 4H), 4.05 (t,J= 4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (dd, J= 9.8, 5.1 Hz, 2H).
Figure imgf000041_0002
7.99 (d, J= 9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.90-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.65 (dd, J= 8.6, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.07 (td, J= 8.6, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.83 (dd, J= 9.0, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (dd, J= 10.8, 3.9 Hz, 4H), 4.05 (t, J= 4.7 Hz, 2H), 3.73 (dd, J= 9.8, 5.1 Hz, 2H).
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
A-29  A-29
除了使用 2-二甲基叔丁基硅氧基乙醇代替 3-二甲基叔丁基硅氧基丙醇之外, 以 与实施例 5相同的方法化合物 A-29 (白色固体, 收率 84%)。  In the same manner as in Example 5 except that 2-dimethyl-tert-butylsiloxyethanol was used instead of 3-dimethyl-tert-butylsiloxypropanol, Compound A-29 (white solid, yield 84) %).
ESI[M+1]: 461  ESI[M+1]: 461
Figure imgf000042_0002
Figure imgf000042_0002
A-30  A-30
除了使用 2-二甲基叔丁基硅氧基乙醇代替 3-二甲基叔丁基硅氧基丙醇, 使用中 间体 1-8代替中间体 1-7之外, 以与实施例 5相同的方法化合物 A-30 (浅黄色固 体, 收率 82%)。  The same as Example 5 except that 2-dimethyl-tert-butylsiloxyethanol was used instead of 3-dimethyl-tert-butylsiloxypropanol, and Intermediate 1-8 was used instead of Intermediate 1-7. Method Compound A-30 (light yellow solid, yield 82%).
ESI[M+1]: 475  ESI[M+1]: 475
F F
A-31  A-31
除了使用中间体 1-8代替中间体 1-7之外, 以与实施例 5相同的方法化合物 A-31 Compound A-31 was used in the same manner as in Example 5 except that Intermediate 1-8 was used instead of Intermediate 1-7.
(;浅黄色固体, 收率 79%)。 (light yellow solid, yield 79%).
ESI[M+1]: 489  ESI[M+1]: 489
广「  Wide
A-32 F 除了使用 4-氯 -7-羟基喹啉代替 4-氯 -7-羟基 -1,5-萘啶之外, 以与实施例 5相同的 方法化合物 A-32 (浅黄色油状物, 收率 92%)。 Ή NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J = 10.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.91-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 - 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.12 - 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (dd, J = 9.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (dd, J= 8.5, 3.7 Hz, 4H), 4.56 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 2H), 1.93 - 1.81 (m, 2H) A-32F Compound A-32 (light yellow oil) was used in the same manner as in Example 5 except that 4-chloro-7-hydroxyquinoline was used instead of 4-chloro-7-hydroxy-1,5-naphthyridine. , yield 92%). NMR NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.58 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (dd, J = 10.8, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.91-7.87 (m, 2H), 7.64 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 - 7.18 (m, 2H), 7.12 - 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (dd, J = 9.1, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.67 (dd, J= 8.5, 3.7 Hz, 4H), 4.56 (t, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H ), 4.10 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 2H), 1.93 - 1.81 (m, 2H)
实施例 6:  Example 6:
方法 1 :  method 1 :
Figure imgf000043_0001
将 41mg 6-氟吲哚和 42mg中间体 1-9溶于 10ml甲苯中, N2保护下加入 0.6mg醋酸钯, 以及 2.4mg DavephosO二环己膦基 -2'-CN,N-二甲胺) -联苯 搅拌溶解后, 加入 32mg叔丁醇 钠。 重新抽真空, 换氮气, 并置于 90°C油浴下加热搅拌。 TLC示底物完全消失后, 停止反 应并冷却反应液至室温。 抽滤除去不溶物, 滤液中加入 30ml乙酸乙酯, 40ml水萃取, 有机 层水洗一次后, 干燥, 过滤, 得 80mg化合物 B- 白色固体, 收率 61.2%)。
Figure imgf000043_0001
41 mg of 6-fluoroindole and 42 mg of intermediate 1-9 were dissolved in 10 ml of toluene, 0.6 mg of palladium acetate was added under N 2 protection, and 2.4 mg of Davephos O dicyclohexylphosphino-2'-CN, N-dimethylamine. After the biphenyl was dissolved by stirring, 32 mg of sodium t-butoxide was added. Re-vacuum, change nitrogen, and heat and stir under a 90 ° C oil bath. After the TLC showed that the substrate had completely disappeared, the reaction was stopped and the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The insoluble material was removed by suction filtration, and ethyl acetate (30 ml) was added to the filtrate, and the organic layer was washed with water, and then dried and filtered to give 80 mg of compound B- white solid (yield: 61.2%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.58 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J= 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J= 11.2 Hz, 2H), 7.70-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.23 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (t, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 4.67 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 4H), 3.81 (s, 3H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.58 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (d, J = 10.7 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, 2H), 7.70-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.23 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.06 (t, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (d, J = 5.1 Hz, 1H ), 6.81 (d, J = 9.1 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (s, 1H), 4.67 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 4H), 3.81 (s, 3H).
方法 2:  Method 2:
Figure imgf000043_0002
Figure imgf000043_0002
将 280mg三苯基膦置于干燥的二口瓶中, 加入 30ml重蒸干燥的四氢呋喃溶解。 在冰 浴下缓慢加入 210微升 DIAD, 并搅拌 5min。 将 lOOmg中间体 1-4以及 96mg 4-( 羟基乙氧 基) -7-甲氧基喹啉 (;合成方法可参考 WO2008103277)溶解于 20ml干燥的四氢呋喃中, 用恒压 滴液漏斗缓慢加入反应液中, 约 lh滴完。 滴加完成后, 撤去冰浴, 于室温反应 20h。 TLC 检测底物完全转化, 将反应液蒸干, 过柱得产物 123mg化合物 B-1 (白色固体, 收率 65%)。 以与实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法制备如下化合物: 280 mg of triphenylphosphine was placed in a dry two-necked flask, and dissolved in 30 ml of re-distilled tetrahydrofuran. 210 microliters of DIAD was slowly added under ice bath and stirred for 5 min. 100 mg of intermediate 1-4 and 96 mg of 4-(hydroxyethoxy)-7-methoxyquinoline (for the synthesis method can be referred to WO2008103277), dissolved in 20 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran, and slowly added to the reaction using a constant pressure dropping funnel. In the liquid, about 1 hour is dripped. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the ice bath was removed and reacted at room temperature for 20 h. The substrate was completely converted by TLC, and the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness. The product was obtained (yield: product: The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Method 1 in Example 6:
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
B-10
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
B-10
除了使用中间体 1-13代替 6-氟吲哚, 使用中间体 1-10代替中间体 1-9之外, 以 与实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法化合物 B-10 (白色固体, 收率 59%)。 ESI[M+1]: 544  Compound B-10 (white solid, yield) was used in the same manner as in the method of Example 6 except that Intermediate 1-13 was used instead of 6-fluoroindole, and Intermediate 1-10 was used instead of Intermediate 1-9. 59%). ESI[M+1]: 544
B-ll B-ll
除了使用中间体 1-15代替 6-氟吲哚, 使用中间体 1-10代替中间体 1-9之外, 以 与实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法化合物 B-11 (白色固体, 收率 68%)。 ESI[M+1]: 528
Figure imgf000046_0001
Compound B-11 (white solid, yield) was used in the same manner as in Method 1 of Example 6 except that Intermediate 1-15 was used instead of 6-fluoroindole, and Intermediate 1-10 was used instead of Intermediate 1-9. 68%). ESI[M+1]: 528
Figure imgf000046_0001
B-12  B-12
除了使用中间体 1-23代替 6-氟吲哚, 使用中间体 1-10代替中间体 1-9之外, 以 与实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法化合物 B-12 (白色固体, 收率 47%)。 ESI[M+1]: 542
Figure imgf000046_0002
Compound B-12 (white solid, yield) was used in the same manner as in Method 1 of Example 6 except that Intermediate 1-23 was used instead of 6-fluoroindole, and Intermediate 1-10 was used instead of Intermediate 1-9. 47%). ESI[M+1]: 542
Figure imgf000046_0002
B-13  B-13
除了使用中间体 1-11代替 6-氟吲哚,使用中间体 1-10代替中间体 1-9之夕卜, 以与 实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法化合物 B-13 (白色固体, 收率 66%)。  In addition to the use of intermediate 1-11 in place of 6-fluoroindole, the intermediate 1-10 was used in place of the intermediate 1-9, in the same manner as in the method of Example 6, Compound B-13 (white solid, Rate 66%).
ESI[M+1]: 557  ESI[M+1]: 557
B-14 B-14
除了使用中间体 1-12代替 6-氟吲哚, 使用中间体 1-10代替中间体 1-9之外, 以 与实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法化合物 Β- 14 (白色固体, 收率 60%)。 ESI[M+1]: 542  In the same manner as in Process 1 of Example 6, except that Intermediate 1-12 was used instead of 6-fluoroindole, and Intermediate 1-10 was used instead of Intermediate 1-9 (yield white solid, yield 60%). ESI[M+1]: 542
B-15 除了使用中间体 1-14代替 6-氟吲哚, 使用中间体 1-10代替中间体 1-9之外, 以 与实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法化合物 B-15 (白色固体, 收率 71%)。 B-15 except that Intermediate 1-14 is used instead of 6-fluoroantimony, and Intermediate 1-10 is used instead of Intermediate 1-9. The compound B-15 (white solid, yield 71%) was obtained in the same procedure as in the method of
ESI[M+1]: 502
Figure imgf000047_0001
ESI[M+1]: 502
Figure imgf000047_0001
B-16  B-16
除了使用中间体 1-16代替 6-氟吲哚, 使用中间体 1-10替代中间体 1-9之外, 以 与实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法化合物 B-16 (白色固体, 收率 43%)。 ESI[M+1]: 475  Compound B-16 (white solid, yield) was used in the same manner as in Method 1 in Example 6 except that Intermediate 1-16 was used instead of 6-fluoroindole, and Intermediate 1-10 was used instead of Intermediate 1-9. 43%). ESI[M+1]: 475
B-17 B-17
除了使用中间体 1-19代替 6-氟吲哚, 使用中间体 1-10代替中间体 1-9之外, 以 与实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法化合物 B-17 (白色固体, 收率 42%)。 ESI[M+1]: 489  In the same manner as in Process 1 of Example 6, except that Intermediate 1-19 was used instead of 6-fluoroindole, and Intermediate 1-10 was used instead of Intermediate 1-9 (white solid, yield 42%). ESI[M+1]: 489
B-18 B-18
除了使用中间体 1-21代替 6-氟吲哚, 使用中间体 1-10代替中间体 1-9之外, 以 与实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法化合物 B-18 (白色固体, 收率 50%)。 ESI[M+1]: 571
Figure imgf000047_0002
Compound B-18 (white solid, yield) was used in the same manner as in the method of Example 6 except that the intermediate 1-21 was used instead of the 6-fluoroindole, and the intermediate 1-10 was used instead of the intermediate 1-9. 50%). ESI[M+1]: 571
Figure imgf000047_0002
B-19  B-19
除了使用中间体 1-22代替 6-氟吲哚, 使用中间体 1-10代替中间体 1-9之外, 以 与实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法化合物 B-19 (白色固体, 收率 47%)。 ESI[M+1]:558  Compound B-19 (white solid, yield) was used in the same manner as in Method 1 of Example 6 except that Intermediate 1-1-2 was used instead of 6-fluoroindole, and Intermediate 1-10 was used instead of Intermediate 1-9. 47%). ESI[M+1]: 558
八上  Eight on
B-20 B-20
除了使用中间体 1-20代替 6-氟吲哚, 使用中间体 1-10代替中间体 1-9之外, 以 与实施例 6中方法 1相同的方法化合物 Β-20 (白色固体, 收率 15%)。 ESI[M+1]: 527 实 In the same manner as in Process 1 of Example 6, except for the use of Intermediate 1-20 in place of 6-fluoroindole, using Intermediate 1-10 in place of Intermediate 1-9 (yield, white solid, yield 15%). ESI[M+1]: 527 real
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
将 lOOmg化合物 B-3溶于 1 2-二氯乙烷中, 加入 90微升 N-甲基哌嗪以及 185mg三乙 酰氧基硼氢化钠, 于 60°C油浴下搅拌过夜。 TLC示底物完全消失, 停止加热, 并将反应液 冷却至室温。 向反应液中加入 50ml水以及 30ml乙酸乙酯萃取并分去水层。 有机层水洗 3 次, 每次 30ml。 有机层干燥, 浓縮, 柱层析得 103mg化合物 B-2 白色固体, 收率 87%)。  100 mg of the compound B-3 was dissolved in 1 2-dichloroethane, 90 μl of N-methylpiperazine and 185 mg of sodium triacetoxyborohydride were added, and the mixture was stirred overnight at 60 ° C in an oil bath. The TLC showed that the substrate completely disappeared, the heating was stopped, and the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. 50 ml of water and 30 ml of ethyl acetate were added to the reaction mixture, and the aqueous layer was separated. The organic layer was washed 3 times, 30 ml each time. The organic layer was dried, concentrated and purified tolujjjjjjjj
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.55 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.06-7.92 (m 2H), 7.83 (d J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd J= 8.6 5.4Hz 1H), 7.46 (s 1H), 7.23 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J= 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.09-7.03 (m 1H), 6.93-6.78 (m 2H), 4.76-4.64 (m 4H), 3.93-3.90(br, 2H), 3.85 (s 3H), 2.61-2.42(m, 8H), 2.21(s, 3H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone) δ 8.55 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.06-7.92 (m 2H), 7.83 (d J = 10.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (dd J = 8.6 5.4 Hz 1H) , 7.46 (s 1H), 7.23 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J= 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.09-7.03 (m 1H), 6.93-6.78 (m 2H), 4.76-4.64 (m 4H), 3.93-3.90 (br, 2H), 3.85 (s 3H), 2.61-2.42 (m, 8H), 2.21 (s, 3H).
以与实施例 7相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 7:
Figure imgf000048_0002
Figure imgf000048_0002
实施例 8:
Figure imgf000049_0001
Example 8
Figure imgf000049_0001
将 30mg化合物 B-9溶于乙醇中, 加入 lOmg硼氢化钠, 室温下搅拌 30min, TLC示完 全反应。 将反应液蒸干后, 加入 10ml水淬灭未反应完的硼氢化钠, 并加入 30ml水萃取。 有机层用水洗多次后,无水硫酸钠干燥,蒸干,得 30mg化合物 B-24 (白色固体,收率定量) 。  30 mg of the compound B-9 was dissolved in ethanol, and 10 mg of sodium borohydride was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and TLC showed the complete reaction. After evaporating the reaction mixture, 10 ml of water was added to quench the unreacted sodium borohydride, and extracted with 30 ml of water. The organic layer was washed with water several times, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated to dryness to afford 30 mg of Compound B-24 (white solid, quantitative yield).
ESI[M+1]: 461  ESI[M+1]: 461
以与实施例 8相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 8:
化合物 制备方法以及产物结构  Compound preparation method and product structure
Figure imgf000049_0002
除了使用化合物 B-3代替化合物 B-9之外,以与实施例 8相同的方法化合物 B-25
Figure imgf000049_0002
Compound B-25 was used in the same manner as in Example 8 except that Compound B-3 was used instead of Compound B-9.
B-25 B-25
(白色固体, 收率定量) 。  (white solid, quantitative yield).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.60 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.10-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.83 (m, 2H), 4.78-4.58 (m, 6H), 3.85 (s, 3H)  1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone) δ 8.60 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 1H), 8.10-7.95 (m, 2H), 7.83 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.11-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.95-6.83 ( m, 2H), 4.78-4.58 (m, 6H), 3.85 (s, 3H)
实施例 9: Example 9
Figure imgf000049_0003
Figure imgf000049_0003
将 50mg化合物 B-9溶于丙酮中, 冰浴下加入 5ml Jones试剂, 滴加完成后撤去冰浴, 室温反应 30min, TLC示原料完全消失。 将反应液倒入大量冰水中, 加入 30ml二氯甲烷。 过滤除去不溶物。 滤液萃取, 分离水层。 二氯甲烷成干燥后, 浓縮, 柱层析得 12mg化合物 B-26 (浅黄色固体, 收率 23%)。  50 mg of the compound B-9 was dissolved in acetone, and 5 ml of Jones reagent was added under ice bath. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the ice bath was removed, and the reaction was carried out for 30 min at room temperature, and TLC showed that the starting material completely disappeared. The reaction solution was poured into a large amount of ice water, and 30 ml of dichloromethane was added. Insoluble matter was removed by filtration. The filtrate was extracted and the aqueous layer was separated. After dilute to dichloromethane, it was concentrated and purified by column chromatography to afford 12 mg of Compound B-26 (light yellow solid, yield 23%).
ESI[M+1]: 475  ESI[M+1]: 475
实施例 10:
Figure imgf000050_0001
将 50mg化合物 B-26溶于二氯甲烷(DCM)中, 冰浴下依次加入 20mg EDCI(l-(3-二甲 氨基丙基) -3-乙基碳二亚胺盐酸盐), 14mg HOAt(N-羟基 -7-氮杂苯并三氮唑), 15微升三乙胺。 加完后撤去冰浴, 室温反应 5min。 加入 30mg 2-吗啉乙胺, 室温搅拌过夜。 TLC示底物完 全消失后, 向反应液中加入大量的水,有固体析出,过滤,滤饼干燥得 37mg化合物 B-27 (浅 黄色固体, 收率 60%)。
Example 10:
Figure imgf000050_0001
50 mg of compound B-26 was dissolved in dichloromethane (DCM), and 20 mg of EDCI (l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride), 14 mg, was sequentially added in an ice bath. HOAt (N-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole), 15 microliters of triethylamine. After the addition was completed, the ice bath was removed and reacted at room temperature for 5 min. 30 mg of 2-morpholinethylamine was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. After the TLC showed that the substrate had completely disappeared, a large amount of water was added to the reaction mixture, and a solid was precipitated, which was filtered, and the cake was dried to obtain 37 mg of Compound B-27 (light yellow solid, yield 60%).
ESI[M+1]:587  ESI[M+1]: 587
实施例 11:  Example 11
Figure imgf000050_0002
将 lllmg 4-氯 -7-氮杂吲哚溶于 25ml甲苯中,氮气保护下,依次加入 220mg中间体 1-5, 32mg醋酸钯, 54mg Sphos(2-二环己基膦 -2',6'-二甲氧基-联苯)以及 230mg碳酸铯, 90°C搅 拌过夜。 TLC示底物完全消失, 停止反应并将反应液冷却至室温。 向反应液中加入 30ml乙 酸乙酯以及 20ml水, 过滤除去不溶物。 滤液萃取, 有机层水洗 3次, 每次 30ml。 有机层用 无水硫酸钠干燥, 浓縮, 过柱得 228mg化合物 C-1 (浅黄色固体, 收率 80%)。
Figure imgf000050_0002
The lllmg 4-chloro-7-azaindole was dissolved in 25 ml of toluene, and under nitrogen, 220 mg of intermediate 1-5, 32 mg of palladium acetate, 54 mg of Sphos (2-dicyclohexylphosphine-2', 6' were added in sequence. -Dimethoxy-biphenyl) and 230 mg of cesium carbonate were stirred at 90 ° C overnight. The TLC showed that the substrate completely disappeared, the reaction was stopped and the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. 30 ml of ethyl acetate and 20 ml of water were added to the reaction mixture, and the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was extracted and the organic layer was washed three times with 30 ml each time. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated.
!HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) 59.55 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J= 10.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.42-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (td, J= 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.30-6.25 (m, 1H). 4.75-4.52 (m, 4H) ! HNMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 59.55 (s, 1H), 8.10 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (dd, J = 10.1, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.42 -7.35 (m, 2H), 7.18 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (td, J= 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.30-6.25 (m, 1H). 4.75-4.52 (m, 4H)
以与实施例 11相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 11:
Figure imgf000050_0003
2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.35 (m, 1H),7.20-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01 (td, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.30-6.25 (m, 1H), 4.75-4.52 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000050_0003
2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.01 (td, J = 9.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d , J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 6.30-6.25 (m, 1H), 4.75-4.52 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
实施例 12: rr° 丄 Example 12: rr° 丄
CI CI
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
将 lOOmg中间体 1-24溶于重蒸干燥的 DMF中, 氮气保护下加入 12mg醋酸钯和 36mg DPPPG,3-双 (二苯基膦)丙浣), 搅拌 5min后, 抽去氮气, 充入 CO, 置换多次后, 加入 400 微升三乙胺以及 186mg 2-(4-甲基哌嗪 -1-基)乙胺, 于 80°C油浴下搅拌过夜。 TLC示反应完 毕后, 抽去 CO, 减压蒸干反应液, 向残余物中加入 30ml乙酸乙酯以及 20ml水, 过滤除去 不溶物。 滤液中萃取分离有机层, 干燥, 浓縮后柱层析得 83mg化合物 C-4 (油状物, 收率 61%)。  100 mg of the intermediate 1-24 was dissolved in the re-distilled DMF, and 12 mg of palladium acetate and 36 mg of DPPPG, 3-bis(diphenylphosphine)propene) were added under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 5 minutes, nitrogen was removed and charged. After multiple substitutions of CO, 400 μl of triethylamine and 186 mg of 2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethylamine were added and stirred at 80 ° C in an oil bath overnight. After completion of the reaction by TLC, CO was evaporated, and the mixture was evaporated to dryness, and ethyl acetate (30 ml) and 20 ml of water were added to the residue, and the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The organic layer was separated by chromatography, dried and concentrated to give crystals of crystals (yield: 61%).
ESI[M+1]: 520  ESI[M+1]: 520
以与实施例 12相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 12:
化合物 制备方法以及产物结构  Compound preparation method and product structure
Figure imgf000051_0002
Figure imgf000051_0002
C-3 除了使用甲胺的醇溶液代替 2-(4-甲基哌嗪 -1-基)乙胺之外, 以与实施例 12相同 的方法制备化合物 C-3 (无色油状物, 收率 31%)。 C-3 Compound C-3 (colorless oil was obtained in the same manner as in Example 12, except that the alcohol solution of methylamine was used instead of 2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethylamine. The rate is 31%).
!HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.26(d, J= 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J= 10.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.38 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.73 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1Η),4.75-4.52 (m, 4H), 2.92(d, J= 3.0Hz, 1H). ! HNMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 8.26 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 10.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.38 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.73 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1Η), 4.75-4.52 (m, 4H), 2.92 (d, J = 3.0Hz, 1H).
C- 除了使用 3-吗啉基丙胺代替 2-(4-甲基哌嗪 -1-基)乙胺之外, 以与实施例 12相同 的方法制备化合物 C-5 (白色固体, 收率 58%)。 !HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.28(d, J= 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J= 10.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.38 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.05-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.76 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1Η),4.78-4.54 (m, 4H), 3.72-3.60(m, 4H), 3.52-3.41(m, 2H), 2.65-2.54(m, 2H), 2.45-2.3 -1.80(m, 2H). C- Compound C-5 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 12 except for using 3-morpholinylpropylamine instead of 2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethylamine (white solid, yield 58 %). ! HNMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 8.28 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 10.2, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.46 (m, 3H), 7.38 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.05-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.76 (d, J = 3.5 Hz, 1Η), 4.78-4.54 (m, 4H), 3.72 -3.60 (m, 4H), 3.52-3.41 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.45-2.3 -1.80 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
C-6 除了使用 2-吗啉基乙胺代替 2-(4-甲基哌嗪 -1-基)乙胺之外, 以与实施例 12相同 的方法制备化合物 C-6 (白色固体, 收率 55%)。  C-6 Compound C-6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 12 except that 2-morpholinylethylamine was used instead of 2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethylamine. Rate 55%).
!HNMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.34(d, J= 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.38 (d, J = 3.6Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.73 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1Η),4.75-4.52 (m, 4H), 3.80-3.71(m, 4H), 3.66-3.56(m, 2H), 2.66-2.47(m, 6H). ! HNMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 8.34 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.69-7.47 (m, 3H), 7.38 (d, J = 3.6Hz, 1H), 7.23 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.05-6.98 (m, 2H), 6.73 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1Η), 4.75-4.52 (m, 4H), 3.80-3.71 (m, 4H), 3.66-3.56 (m, 2H), 2.66-2.47 (m, 6H).
Figure imgf000052_0002
除了使用中间体 1-25代替中间体 1-24,使用甲胺的醇溶液代替 2-(4-甲基哌嗪 -1-基)
Figure imgf000052_0002
Instead of using intermediates 1-25 in place of intermediates 1-24, an alcoholic solution of methylamine was used in place of 2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)
C-7 C-7
乙胺之外, 以与实施例 12相同的方法制备化合物 C-7 (油状物, 收率 29%)。 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.30(d, J = 6.3Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.2 Hz, lH),7.44-7.39(m, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.08-6.93 (m,2H), 4.75-4.52 (m, 4H), 2.93(d, J= 3.0Hz, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H). Compound C-7 (oily substance, yield 29%) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 12 except for ethylamine. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 8.30 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J = 10.3, 2.2 Hz, lH), 7.44 - 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.08-6.93 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.52 (m, 4H), 2.93 ( d, J = 3.0Hz, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
Figure imgf000052_0003
Figure imgf000052_0003
C-8 除了使用中间体 1-25代替中间体 1-24, 使用 2-吗啉基乙胺代替 2-(4-甲基哌嗪 -1- 基)乙胺之外, 以与实施例 12相同的方法制备化合物 C-8 (白色固体, 收率 49%)。 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.28(d, J = 6.3Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.4 Hz, lH),7.46-7.42(m, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.12-6.88 (m,2H),4.75-4.50 (m, 4H), 3.82-3.73(m, 4H), C-8 except that Intermediate 1-25 was used instead of Intermediate 1-24, 2-morpholinylethylamine was used instead of 2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethylamine, and Example 12 Compound C-8 (white solid, yield 49%) was obtained by the same procedure. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC1 3 ) δ 8.28 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (dd, J = 10.0, 2.4 Hz, lH), 7.46-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J = 8.6, 5.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.12-6.88 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.50 (m, 4H), 3.82- 3.73 (m, 4H),
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
实施例 13:
Figure imgf000055_0001
Example 13
Figure imgf000055_0002
Figure imgf000055_0002
步骤 1:  step 1:
将 0.9g6-碘 -3-羟基喹啉以及 0.508g2-甲氧基溴乙烷溶于 50mlDMF中, 加入 2.16g碳 酸铯, 于 40°C下搅拌 3h。 TLC示反应完毕。 向反应液中加入 80ml乙酸乙酯, 并用大量水 洗 (50ml*5) 后。 将有机层干燥并浓縮, 柱层析得 3- (2-甲氧基) -乙氧基 -7-碘喹啉 (黄色 固体, 收率定量) 。 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.66 (d,J=3.0Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d,J= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J= 8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.30 - 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.77 - 3.66 (m,0.9 g of 6-iodo-3-hydroxyquinoline and 0.508 g of 2-methoxybromoethane were dissolved in 50 ml of DMF, and 2.16 g of cesium carbonate was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 40 ° C for 3 hours. TLC showed the reaction was completed. 80 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture, followed by washing with a large amount of water (50 ml * 5). The organic layer was dried and concentrated, and then purified,jjjjjjjjjjj 1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.66 (d, J = 3.0 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (dd, J= 8.7, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (t, J= 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.30 - 4.21 (m, 2H), 3.77 - 3.66 (m,
2H), 3.34 (s, 3H). 2H), 3.34 (s, 3H).
步骤 2: 将 200mg溶于 THF中,加入含有 791 mg
Figure imgf000056_0001
的 THF溶液 17ml,并加入 70mg
Step 2: Dissolve 200 mg in THF and add 791 mg
Figure imgf000056_0001
THF solution 17ml, and added 70mg
PdPPh3)4,氮气保护下于 75°C下搅拌过夜, TLC示反应完毕。将反应液蒸干,柱层析得 148
Figure imgf000056_0002
(黄色固体, 产率 77%)。('HNMR(400MHz, 丙酮) δ 8.61
PdPPh 3 ) 4 , stirred at 75 ° C overnight under nitrogen atmosphere, TLC showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was evaporated to dryness.
Figure imgf000056_0002
(yellow solid, yield 77%). ('HNMR (400MHz, acetone) δ 8.61
(d, J= 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d,J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d,J= 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J= 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.33 - 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.85 - 3.77 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.41 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 3H), 1.48-1.41 (m, 9H).) (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (d, J = 1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (dd , J = 8.6, 2.0 Hz, 2H), 4.33 - 4.29 (m, 2H), 3.85 - 3.77 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.41 (d, J = 2.6 Hz, 3H), 1.48- 1.41 (m, 9H).)
步骤 3: 除了使用
Figure imgf000056_0003
2- (6- (3-溴喹啉基)) 乙酸乙酯之外, 以与 制备实施例 19相同的方法制得化合物 D-1 (淡黄色固体, 收率 71%)。
Step 3: In addition to using
Figure imgf000056_0003
Compound D-1 (yellow-yellow solid, yield 71%) was obtained in the same manner as in Preparation Example 19, except for ethyl 2-(6-(3-bromoquinolinyl)).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 δ 8.53 (t, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.98 - 7.82 (m,2H), 7.80 - 7.42 (m, 6H), 7.19 - 7.04 (m, 1H), 6.99 (t,J= 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d,J= 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (dd,J= 8.8, 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.37-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.79 (dd,J= 6.0, 3.5 Hz, 2H), 3.48-3.25 (m,5H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone δ 8.53 (t, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.98 - 7.82 (m, 2H), 7.80 - 7.42 (m, 6H), 7.19 - 7.04 (m, 1H), 6.99 (t , J = 8.9 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.8 Hz, 2H), 4.37-4.16 (m, 2H), 3.79 (dd, J= 6.0, 3.5 Hz, 2H), 3.48-3.25 (m, 5H).
以与实施例 13相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 13:
化合物 制备方法以及产物结构  Compound preparation method and product structure
Figure imgf000056_0004
Figure imgf000056_0004
除了使用 N-(3-氯丙基)吗啉代替 2-溴乙基甲基醚之夕卜, 以与实施例 13相同的方 In the same manner as in Example 13, except that N-(3-chloropropyl)morpholine was used instead of 2-bromoethyl methyl ether.
D-2 法制备化合物 D-2(浅黄色固体, 收率 72%)。 Compound D-2 (light yellow solid, yield 72%) was obtained by D-2.
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 -ί6) δ 8.15 (t, J= 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 - 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.38 - 7.29 (m, 3H), 7.29 - 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.19 - 7.07 (m, 2H), 6.73 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.17- 6.09 (m, 1H), 6.34 (dt, J = 3.6, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J = 8.4, 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (td, J= 6.4, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 3.35 - 3.14 (m, 6H), 3.00 (td, J= 7.3, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.15 (td,J= 7.0, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 1.77- 1.53 (m, 4H). 除了使用 1-(3-氯丙基 )-4-甲基哌嗪代替 2-溴乙基甲基醚之外, 以与实施例 13相 同的方法制备化合物 D-2 (浅黄色固体, 收率 72%)。 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone - ί 6 ) δ 8.15 (t, J = 2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.61 - 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.38 - 7.29 (m, 3H), 7.29 - 7.19 (m, 1H) , 7.19 - 7.07 (m, 2H), 6.73 (dd, J = 9.9, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.17- 6.09 (m, 1H), 6.34 (dt, J = 3.6, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd , J = 8.4, 6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.81 (td, J = 6.4, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 3.35 - 3.14 (m, 6H), 3.00 (td, J = 7.3, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.15 ( Td, J = 7.0, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 1.77- 1.53 (m, 4H). Compound D-2 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 13 except that 1-(3-chloropropyl)-4-methylpiperazine was used instead of 2-bromoethylmethylether. 72%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 - ) δ 8.51 (dt, J = 3.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.00 - 7.82 (m, 2H), 7.80 - 7.46 (m, 6H), 7.17 - 7.07 (m, 1H), 6.99 (t, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 4.57 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.31 - 2.23 (m, 2H), 4.27 - 4.11 (m, 2H), 3.39 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.48 (m, J= 26.6, 9.5 Hz, 8H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.39 - 1.09 (m, 2H). 实  1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone - ) δ 8.51 (dt, J = 3.5, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 8.00 - 7.82 (m, 2H), 7.80 - 7.46 (m, 6H), 7.17 - 7.07 (m, 1H) , 6.99 (t, J= 9.3 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (s, 1H), 4.57 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.31 - 2.23 (m, 2H), 4.27 - 4.11 (m, 2H), 3.39 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.48 (m, J = 26.6, 9.5 Hz, 8H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 1.39 - 1.09 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
步骤 1 :  step 1 :
将 1 g 中间体 1-28溶于 70 ml甲苯中,并依次加入 0.804 g N-Boc哌嗪, 0.395 g Pd2(dba)3, 0.411 g X-phos以及 1.406 g碳酸铯, 氮气保护下 110°C反应 6 h后, TLC示反应完毕。 将反 应液冷却至室温, 加入 150 ml乙酸乙酯, 有机层水洗三次, 每次 100 ml。 将乙酸乙酯层干 燥, 浓縮后柱层析, 得中间体 D-4i (淡黄色固体, 收率 83%)。 1 g of intermediate 1-28 was dissolved in 70 ml of toluene, and 0.804 g of N-Boc piperazine, 0.395 g of Pd 2 (dba) 3 , 0.411 g of X-phos and 1.406 g of cesium carbonate were added in sequence, under nitrogen protection 110. After 6 ° reaction at ° C, TLC showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 150 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the organic layer was washed with water three times, 100 ml each time. The ethyl acetate layer was dried, concentrated and purified tolulululululululu
步骤 2:  Step 2:
将 lOO mg中间体 D-4i溶于乙醇中, 加入 2 ml浓盐酸, 置于 70°C油浴中搅拌 3 h后, TLC示反应完全。 反应液用 80 ml 乙酸乙酯稀释, 并加入少量约 30 ml水, 用 3N NaOH溶 液将水层 pH调至 8。 分去水层, 有机层用 30 ml饱和氯化钠水溶液洗涤后, 干燥浓縮, 柱 层析得化合物 D-4 (淡黄色固体, 收率 89%)。  100 mg of intermediate D-4i was dissolved in ethanol, 2 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added, and the mixture was stirred in an oil bath at 70 ° C for 3 h, and TLC showed complete reaction. The reaction solution was diluted with 80 ml of ethyl acetate, and a small amount of about 30 ml of water was added, and the aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 8 with a 3N NaOH solution. The aqueous layer was separated, and the organic layer was washed with 30 ml of saturated aqueous sodium chloride, and then dried and concentrated to afford compound D-4 (light yellow solid, yield 89%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 - ) δ 8.74 (d, J= 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.70 (m, 1H), 7.68 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J= 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.05 - 6.94 (m, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J = 3.5, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (dd, J= 8.0, 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.29 - 3.17 (m, 4H), 3.04 - 2.94 (m, 4H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone - ) δ 8.74 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.70 ( m, 1H), 7.68 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.66 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J= 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.05 - 6.94 (m, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J = 3.5, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (dd, J= 8.0, 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.29 - 3.17 (m, 4H), 3.04 - 2.94 (m, 4H).
以与实施例 14相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 14:
Figure imgf000058_0002
Figure imgf000058_0002
实施例 15:  Example 15
Figure imgf000058_0001
将 19.2 mg醋酸溶于 30 ml DCM中,室温下依次加入 61.4 mg 1-乙基 -(3-二甲氨基丙基) 碳酰二亚胺 (EDC) , 43.6 mg HOAt以及 0.118 ml三乙胺, 搅拌约 15min后, 加入 100 mg 化合物 D-4, 室温搅拌过夜。 将反应液用 50 ml DCM稀释, 水洗 2次(每次 30ml)。 分出水 层, 将有机层干燥, 浓縮后柱层析得化合物 D-6。
Figure imgf000058_0001
19.2 mg of acetic acid was dissolved in 30 ml of DCM, and 61.4 mg of 1-ethyl-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDC), 43.6 mg of HOAt and 0.118 ml of triethylamine were added sequentially at room temperature. After stirring for about 15 min, 100 mg of compound D-4 was added and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with 50 ml of DCM and washed twice with water (30 ml each time). The aqueous layer was separated, and the organic layer was dried.
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 - ) δ 8.78 (d, J= 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.57 (m, 4H), 7.51 - 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (ddd, J = 9.5, 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J = 3.6, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.65 - 4.48 (m, 2H), 3.79 - 3.64 (m, 4H), 3.43 - 3.31 (m, 4H), 3.31 - 3.18 (m, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone - ) δ 8.78 (d, J = 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.57 ( m, 4H), 7.51 - 7.39 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (ddd, J = 9.5, 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J = 3.6, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.65 - 4.48 (m, 2H), 3.79 - 3.64 (m, 4H), 3.43 - 3.31 (m, 4H), 3.31 - 3.18 (m, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H).
以与实施例 15相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 15:
化合物 制备方法以及产物结构
Figure imgf000059_0001
Compound preparation method and product structure
Figure imgf000059_0001
实施例 16:  Example 16:
Figure imgf000059_0002
Figure imgf000059_0002
将 1 g 中间体 1-28溶于 70 ml甲苯中,并依次加入 0.437 g 4-羟基哌啶, 0.395 g Pd2(dba)3 0.411 g X-phos以及 1.406 g碳酸铯, 氮气保护下 110°C反应 6 h后, TLC示反应完毕。 将 反应液冷却至室温, 加入 150ml乙酸乙酯, 有机层水洗三次, 每次 100ml。 将乙酸乙酯层干 燥, 浓縮后柱层析, 得化合物 D-10 (淡黄色固体, 收率 69%)。 1 g of intermediate 1-28 was dissolved in 70 ml of toluene, followed by the addition of 0.437 g of 4-hydroxypiperidine, 0.395 g of Pd 2 (dba) 3 0.411 g of X-phos and 1.406 g of cesium carbonate were reacted at 110 ° C for 6 h under nitrogen atmosphere, and TLC showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 150 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the organic layer was washed three times with water (100 ml). The ethyl acetate layer was dried, concentrated, and then purified,jjjjjjj
1H NMR (300 MHz, 甲醇 δ 8.59 (d, J= 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62 - 7.32 (m, 6H), 7.14 (dd, J= 9.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.95 - 6.84 (m, 1H), 6.64 (dd, J = 3.6, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 5.49 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 1H), 4.58 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (dt, J= 9.0, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.71 - 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.36 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.05 - 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.05 - 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.78 - 1.56 (m, 2H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, methanol δ 8.59 (d, J = 2.7 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.62 - 7.32 (m, 6H), 7.14 (dd, J= 9.8, 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.95 - 6.84 (m, 1H), 6.64 (dd, J = 3.6, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 5.49 (d, J= 1.3 Hz, 1H ), 4.58 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (dt, J = 9.0, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 3.71 - 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.36 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.05 - 2.89 (m, 2H), 2.05 - 1.91 (m, 2H), 1.78 - 1.56 (m, 2H).
以与实施例 16相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 16:
Figure imgf000060_0001
7.81 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.66 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.48 - 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (ddd, J= 9.4, 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J = 3.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.60 (s, 5H), 1.83 - 1.38 m, 10H), 1.29 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000060_0001
7.81 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.66 - 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.48 - 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.11 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H) , 7.00 (ddd, J= 9.4, 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J = 3.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 2H), 3.36 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.60 (s, 5H), 1.83 - 1.38 m, 10H), 1.29 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
除了使用 4-Boc氨基-哌啶代替 4-羟基哌啶之外, 以与实施例 16相同的方法进 行合成, 所得产物在盐酸 -乙醇溶液中 70°C回流 5小时, 脱去 Boc保护基后蒸 The synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Example 16 except that 4-Bocamino-piperidine was used instead of 4-hydroxypiperidine, and the obtained product was refluxed in a hydrochloric acid-ethanol solution at 70 ° C for 5 hours to remove the Boc protecting group. steam
D-13 D-13
去溶剂, 从而制备化合物 D-13 (浅黄色固体, 收率定量) 。  Solvent was removed to prepare compound D-13 (light yellow solid, yield quantitative).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 甲醇 δ 8.51 (dd, J= 8.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.45 - 7.29 (m, 4H), 7.22 (dq, J = 6.4, 2.1 Hz, 2H), 6.95 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.88 - 6.77 (m, 1H), 6.54 (dt, J= 3.7, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (td, J= 7.1, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (tt, J = 13.4, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.51-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.16 (td, J = 7.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.85 - 2.55 (m, 3H), 2.13 (s, 2H), 2.03-1.71 m, 2H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, methanol δ 8.51 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.71 - 7.59 (m, 2H), 7.45 - 7.29 (m, 4H), 7.22 (dq, J = 6.4, 2.1 Hz , 2H), 6.95 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.88 - 6.77 (m, 1H), 6.54 (dt, J= 3.7, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (td, J= 7.1, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 3.66 (tt, J = 13.4, 3.6 Hz, 2H), 3.51-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.16 (td, J = 7.0, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.85 - 2.55 (m, 3H), 2.13 (s, 2H), 2.03-1.71 m, 2H).
Figure imgf000061_0002
除了使用 4-氨基 -1-甲基哌啶代替 4-羟基哌啶之外, 以与实施例 16相同的方法 制备化合物 D-14 (浅黄色固体, 收率 86%)。
Figure imgf000061_0002
Compound D-14 (light yellow solid, yield 86%) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 16 except that 4-amino-1-methylpiperidine was used instead of 4-hydroxypiperidine.
D-14  D-14
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 - ) δ 8.45 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 - 7.66 (m, 3H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.7, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.14 - 7.06 (m, 2H), 7.00 (ddd, J = 9.3, 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.77 - 6.69 (m, 1H), 4.61 - 4.46 (m, 2H), 3.61 (s, 1H), 3.39 - 3.27 (m, 2H), 3.20 (d, J = 9.6 Hz, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.31 - 2.13 (m, 2H), 2.10 - 2.06 (m, 2H), 1.98 - 1.81 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000062_0001
实施例 17:
1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone - ) δ 8.45 (d, J = 2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.80 - 7.66 (m, 3H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.7 , 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J = 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 8.4, 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.14 - 7.06 (m, 2H), 7.00 (ddd, J = 9.3, 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.77 - 6.69 (m, 1H), 4.61 - 4.46 (m, 2H), 3.61 (s, 1H), 3.39 - 3.27 (m, 2H), 3.20 (d, J = 9.6 Hz , 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.31 - 2.13 (m, 2H), 2.10 - 2.06 (m, 2H), 1.98 - 1.81 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000062_0001
Example 17
Figure imgf000062_0002
Figure imgf000062_0002
将 1 g 中间体 1-29溶于 70 ml甲苯中,并依次加入 0.424 g 4-羟基哌啶, 0.395 g Pd2(dba)3, 0.411 g X-phos以及 1.406 g碳酸铯, 氮气保护下 110°C反应 6 h后, TLC示反应完毕。 将反 应液冷却至室温,加入 150ml乙酸乙酯,有机层水洗三次,每次 lOOmL将乙酸乙酯层干燥, 浓縮后柱层析, 得化合物 D-16 (淡黄色固体, 收率 67%)。 1 g of intermediate 1-29 was dissolved in 70 ml of toluene, and 0.424 g of 4-hydroxypiperidine, 0.395 g of Pd 2 (dba) 3 , 0.411 g of X-phos and 1.406 g of cesium carbonate were added in sequence, under nitrogen protection 110. After 6 ° reaction at ° C, TLC showed the reaction was completed. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, 150 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the organic layer was washed with water three times, and the ethyl acetate layer was dried (100 mL), and concentrated to give the compound D-16 (light yellow solid, yield 67%). .
ESI[M+1]: 498  ESI[M+1]: 498
以与实施例 17相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 17:
Figure imgf000062_0003
Figure imgf000063_0001
实施例 18:
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000062_0003
Figure imgf000063_0001
Example 18
Figure imgf000064_0001
体 1-28溶于 40 ml的 DMF-水的混合液中(体积比 8:1 ),并依次加入 97.7 mg
Figure imgf000064_0002
114.8 mg水合磷酸钾, 35.3 mg Pd(PPh3)2Cl2.DCM, 氮气保护下100°C反 应 4 h。 将反应液冷却至室温后, 加入 150 ml乙酸乙酯, 有机层水洗三次, 每次 50ml。 将 乙酸乙酯层干燥, 浓縮后柱层析, 得化合物 D-22 (灰白色固体, 收率 79%)。
Body 1-28 was dissolved in 40 ml of a mixture of DMF-water (8:1 by volume) and 97.7 mg was added in sequence.
Figure imgf000064_0002
114.8 mg of potassium hydrate hydrate, 35.3 mg of Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 .DCM, reacted at 100 ° C for 4 h under nitrogen. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, 150 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the organic layer was washed with water three times, 50 ml each time. The ethyl acetate layer was dried, concentrated and purified tolululululululu
1H NMR (300 MHz, 氯仿- δ 9.00 (d, J= 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.13 - 8.05 (m, 1H), 8.02 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J= 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J= 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 - 7.46 (m, 4H), 7.27 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.02 - 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.71 - 6.60 (m, 1H), 4.60 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.42 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, 2H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, chloroform - δ 9.00 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.13 - 8.05 (m, 1H), 8.02 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J = 0.9 Hz , 1H), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 - 7.46 (m, 4H), 7.27 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J= 9.8 Hz, 1H), 7.02 - 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.71 - 6.60 (m, 1H), 4.60 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.42 (t, J= 7.4 Hz, 2H).
以与实施例 18相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 18:
化合物 制备方法以及产物结构  Compound preparation method and product structure
除了
Figure imgf000064_0003
18相同的方法进行合成, 所得产物在盐酸 -乙醇溶液中 70°C回流 5小时, 脱去 Boc保护基后蒸去溶剂,
apart from
Figure imgf000064_0003
18, the synthesis was carried out in the same manner, and the obtained product was refluxed in a hydrochloric acid-ethanol solution at 70 ° C for 5 hours, and the solvent was removed by removing the Boc protecting group.
D-23 D-23
从而制备化合物 D-23 (灰白色固体, 收率定量) 。  Thus, Compound D-23 (off-white solid, quantitative yield) was prepared.
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 -^) δ 9.11 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.37 - 8.27 (m, 2H), 8.01 (d, J= 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J = 10.9, 9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.74 - 7.57 (m, 4H), 7.11 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (ddd,J= 9.4, 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J = 3.6, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (td, J = 7.4, 1.4 Hz, 2H), 4.36 - 4.23 (m, 1H), 3.42 (t, J = 7.2 Hz,2H), 3.16 (dt, J = 12.6, 3.3 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (td, J = 12.4, 2.5 Hz, 2H), 1.97 - 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.34 (m, 3H).
Figure imgf000065_0001
。 ' : B 1
1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-^) δ 9.11 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.37 - 8.27 (m, 2H), 8.01 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J = 10.9, 9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d, J= 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.74 - 7.57 (m, 4H), 7.11 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (ddd, J= 9.4, 8.6 , 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J = 3.6, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (td, J = 7.4, 1.4 Hz, 2H), 4.36 - 4.23 (m, 1H), 3.42 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 3.16 (dt, J = 12.6, 3.3 Hz, 2H), 2.72 (td, J = 12.4, 2.5 Hz, 2H), 1.97 - 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.34 (m, 3H ).
Figure imgf000065_0001
. ' : B 1
D-24 除了使用 ° 代替个。 之外, 以与实施例 18相同的方法制备化 合物 D-24 (;灰白色固体, 收率 85%)。  D-24 is used instead of °. Compound D-24 (as an off-white solid, yield: 85%) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 18.
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 -ί 6) δ 9.08 (d = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.36 - 8.26 (m, 2H), 8.01 (d 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, 10.4, 9.3 Hz, 2H), 7.77 (d 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.57 (m, 4H), 7.11 (d 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (ddd, 9.4, 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, 3.6, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (t, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.34 (t, 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.66 - 3.53 (m, 4H), 3.42 (t, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.87 - 2.78 (m, 2H), 2.48 (t 4.7 Hz, 4H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, Acetone-ί 6 ) δ 9.08 (d = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.36 - 8.26 (m, 2H), 8.01 (d 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, 10.4, 9.3 Hz, 2H ), 7.77 (d 1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.75 - 7.57 (m, 4H), 7.11 (d 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (ddd, 9.4, 8.7, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, 3.6, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (t, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.34 (t, 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.66 - 3.53 (m, 4H), 3.42 (t, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.87 - 2.78 (m, 2H), 2.48 (t 4.7 Hz, 4H).
Figure imgf000065_0002
Figure imgf000065_0002
D-25 除了使用^ 0 代替 +。' N之外,以与实施例 18相同的方法制备化合 物 D-25 (;灰白色固体, 收率 85%)。 D-25 uses ^ 0 instead of +. Than 'N, was prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 compound D-25 (; an off-white solid, yield 85%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 -ί 6) δ 9.08 (d = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.35 - 8.21 (m, 2H), 8.01 (d 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, 12.5, 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.80 - 7.56 (m, 5H), 7.11 (d 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (ddd 9.4, 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (dd, 3.5, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (t, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (t, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.67 - 3.56 (m, 4H), 3.42 (t, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.38 (s, 4H), 2.33 (t, 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.12 - 2.06 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000066_0001
除了使用 °dB 代替^ ^ ^之外, 以与实施例 18相同的方法制备化合 物 D-28 (;灰白色固体, 收率 85%)。
1H NMR (300 MHz, Acetone-ί 6 ) δ 9.08 (d = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.35 - 8.21 (m, 2H), 8.01 (d 0.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, 12.5, 9.2 Hz, 2H ), 7.80 - 7.56 (m, 5H), 7.11 (d 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (ddd 9.4, 8.6, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (dd, 3.5, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (t, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (t, 6.9 Hz, 2H), 3.67 - 3.56 (m, 4H), 3.42 (t, 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.38 (s, 4H), 2.33 (t, 6.8 Hz, 2H) , 2.12 - 2.06 (m, 2H).
Figure imgf000066_0001
Except that instead of ^ ^ ^ ° dB addition, with the same method as Example 18 Preparation of Compound D-28 embodiment (; an off-white solid, yield 85%).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 - ) δ 9.07 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (q, J = 1.3 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J = 18.0, 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.78 - 7.52 (m, 5H), 7.09 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (ddd, J = 9.4, 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (dd, J = 3.6, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (t, J= 7.3 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.96 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (td, J= 5.4, 4.2, 2.6 Hz, 4H), 1.79 - 1.63 (m, 4H).  1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone - ) δ 9.07 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (q, J = 1.3 Hz, 2H), 8.00 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (dd, J = 18.0, 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.78 - 7.52 (m, 5H), 7.09 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (ddd, J = 9.4, 8.6, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (dd , J = 3.6, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H), 4.33 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.96 (t , J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.54 (td, J = 5.4, 4.2, 2.6 Hz, 4H), 1.79 - 1.63 (m, 4H).
i^。 F i^. F
D-29 除了使用 ^^^^O^代替^ ^ ^之外, 以与实施例 18相同的方法制备化 合物 D-29 (;灰白色固体, 收率 81 %)。 D-29 Compound D-29 (; off-white solid, yield 81%) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 18, except that ^^^^O^ was used instead of ^^^.
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 -ί 6) δ 9.08 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.33 - 8.24 (m, 2H), 8.04 - 7.85 (m, 3H), 7.80 - 7.51 (m, 5H), 7.11 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.05 - 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.76 - 6.66 (m, 1H), 4.59 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (t, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (t, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.64 -2.31 (m, 8H), 2.21 (s, 3H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, Acetone-ί 6 ) δ 9.08 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.33 - 8.24 (m, 2H), 8.04 - 7.85 (m, 3H), 7.80 - 7.51 (m, 5H) , 7.11 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.05 - 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.76 - 6.66 (m, 1H), 4.59 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.32 (t, J= 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 2.83 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 2.64 - 2.31 (m, 8H), 2.21 (s, 3H).
OH  OH
F F
D-30
Figure imgf000067_0001
以与实施例 18相同的方法进行合成, 所得产物在盐酸 -乙醇溶液中 70°C回流 5小时, 脱去四氢吡喃保护基后蒸去溶 剂, 从而制备化合物 D-30(灰白色固体, 收率定量) 。
D-30
Figure imgf000067_0001
The synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Example 18, and the obtained product was refluxed in a hydrochloric acid-ethanol solution at 70 ° C for 5 hours, and the tetrahydropyran protecting group was removed and evaporated to dissolve. To prepare Compound D-30 (off-white solid, quantitative yield).
1H NMR (300 MHz, 丙酮 -d6) δ 9.10 (d,J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.37 - 8.22 (m, 2H), 8.02 (d, J= 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J= 11.5, 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.81 - 7.45 (m, 5H), 7.11 (d,J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.04 - 6.93 (m, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J= 3.6, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.31 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (t, J= 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (t, J= 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (s, 1H). 1H NMR (300 MHz, acetone-d 6 ) δ 9.10 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.37 - 8.22 (m, 2H), 8.02 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (dd, J = 11.5, 9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.81 - 7.45 (m, 5H), 7.11 (d, J = 9.9 Hz, 1H), 7.04 - 6.93 (m, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J= 3.6, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 4.31 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.96 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.42 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H) , 1.41 (s, 1H).
实施例 19: Example 19
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
体 1-29溶于 40 ml的 DMF-水的混合液中(体积比 8:1),并依次加入 97.7 mg
Figure imgf000068_0002
114.8mg水合磷酸钾, 35.3mgPd(PPh3)2Cl2.DCM, 氮气保护下100°C反 应 4 h。 将反应液冷却至室温后, 加入 150 ml乙酸乙酯, 有机层水洗三次, 每次 50ml。 将 乙酸乙酯层干燥, 浓縮后柱层析, 得化合物 D-31(灰白色固体, 收率 77%)。
Body 1-29 was dissolved in 40 ml of a mixture of DMF-water (8:1 by volume) and 97.7 mg was added in sequence.
Figure imgf000068_0002
114.8 mg of potassium hydrate hydrate, 35.3 mg of Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 .DCM, reacted at 100 ° C for 4 h under nitrogen. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, 150 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the organic layer was washed with water three times, 50 ml each time. The ethyl acetate layer was dried, concentrated, and then purified,jjjjjjj
ESI[M+1]: 479 ESI[M+1]: 479
以与实施例 19相同的方法制备如下化合物:  The following compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 19:
Figure imgf000068_0003
制备化合物 D-32 (灰白色固体, 收率定量) 。 ESI[M+1]: 548
Figure imgf000068_0003
Preparation of compound D-32 (off-white solid, quantitative yield). ESI[M+1]: 548
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
D-33  D-33
N r? N r?
除了使用 ° 代替 +°' N之外, 以与实施例 18相同的方法制备化合物 Compounds were prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 except that ° was used instead of +° ' N.
D-33 (灰白色固体, 收率 85%)。 ESI[M+1]: 578 D-33 (off-white solid, yield 85%). ESI[M+1]: 578
/ 、 1 / , 1
F F
D-34  D-34
_v - 除了使用^^ 代替 ^N之外,以与实施例 18相同的方法制备化合物 D-34 (灰白色固体, 收率 85%)。 ESI[M+1]: 592 _v - except that instead of ^ N ^^ addition to the same manner as in Example preparation of compound D-34 (an off-white solid, yield 85%) 18. ESI[M+1]: 592
『 όN 『 όN
D-35 F D-35 F
除了使用 ° 代替^ 之外, 以与实施例 18相同的方法制备化合 物 D-35 (灰白色固体, 收率 84%)。 ESI[M+1]: 562 Compound D-35 (yield white solid, yield 84%) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 18 except for using EtOAc. ESI[M+1]: 562
\ N—  \ N—
F F
D-36  D-36
除了使用 NN、代替 +。' N之外, 以与实施例 18相同的方法制备化合 物 D-27 (;灰白色固体, 收率 85%)。 ESI[M+1]: 536 In addition to using N ~ N , instead of +. Than 'N, prepared in the same manner as in Example 18 compound D-27 (; an off-white solid, yield 85%). ESI[M+1]: 536
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
D-37  D-37
除了使用^^ N O代替^ ^ 之外, 以与实施例 18相同的方法制备化合 物 D-37 C灰白色固体, 收率 82%)。 ESI[M+1]: 562 Except that instead of ^^ N O ^ ^: Β addition, in the same manner as Example 18 Preparation of Compound D-37 C an off-white solid, yield 82%). ESI[M+1]: 562
D-38
Figure imgf000070_0002
, 以与实施例 18相同的方法制备化 合物 D-38 (;灰白色固体, 收率 83%)。 ESI[M+1]: 591
Figure imgf000071_0001
测试例 1: 本发明实施例中制得的化合物在分子水平对 c-Met酶活的影响
D-38
Figure imgf000070_0002
Compound D-38 (as an off-white solid, yield: 83%) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 18. ESI[M+1]: 591
Figure imgf000071_0001
Test Example 1: Effect of the compound prepared in the examples of the present invention on c-Met enzyme activity at the molecular level
(1) 酶反应底物 PolyCGlu,Tyr)4:l 用无钾离子的 PBSGOmM 磷酸钠缓冲液, 150mM NaCl, pH7.2-7.4)稀释成 20 g/mL, 125 μΙ7孔包被酶标板, 置 37°C反应 12-16小时。 弃去 孔中液体。 洗板, 用 200μΙ7孔的 T—PBS (;含 0.1% Tween-20的无钾离子的 PBS)洗板三次, 每次 5分钟。 于 37°C烘箱中干燥酶标板 1-2小时。  (1) Enzyme reaction substrate PolyCGlu, Tyr) 4:1 diluted with potassium-free PBSGOmM sodium phosphate buffer, 150 mM NaCl, pH 7.2-7.4) into 20 g/mL, 125 μΙ 7-well coated ELISA plate, The reaction was carried out at 37 ° C for 12-16 hours. Discard the liquid in the well. The plate was washed and washed three times with 200 μΙ 7-well T-PBS (PBS containing 0.1% Tween-20 in potassium free) for 5 minutes each time. The plate was dried in an oven at 37 ° C for 1-2 hours.
(2) 每孔加入用反应缓冲液 (50 mM HEPES H 7.4, 50 mM MgCl2, 0.5 mM MnCl2, 0.2 mM Na3V04, 1 mM DTT)稀释的 ATP溶液 49 L,每孔中加入 1 待测试化合物,再加入 50μ 用反应缓冲液稀释的 c-Met激酶域重组蛋白启动反应, 每次实验需设无 ATP对照孔两孔。 置 37 °C摇床 (lOOrpm)反应 1小时。 弃去孔中液体, T-PBS洗板三次。 (2) Add 49 L of ATP solution diluted with reaction buffer (50 mM HEPES H 7.4, 50 mM MgCl 2 , 0.5 mM MnCl 2 , 0.2 mM Na 3 V0 4 , 1 mM DTT) to each well, and add 1 to each well. The compound to be tested was further added with 50 μ of the recombinant protein of c-Met kinase domain diluted with the reaction buffer, and two wells without the ATP control well were required for each experiment. The reaction was carried out for 1 hour at 37 ° C on a shaker (100 rpm). The liquid in the well was discarded and the plate was washed three times with T-PBS.
(3) 加入抗体 PY99 100μΙ7孔 (抗体用含 BSA 5mg/mL的 T-PBS 1 :500稀释), 37°C摇床 反应 0.5小时。 弃去孔中液体, T-PBS洗板三次。  (3) Addition of antibody PY99 100 μΙ 7 well (antibody diluted with BSA 5 mg/mL T-PBS 1:500), shaken at 37 ° C for 0.5 hour. The liquid in the well was discarded and the plate was washed three times with T-PBS.
(4) 加入辣根过氧化物酶标记的羊抗鼠二抗 100μΙ7孔 (抗体用含 BSA 5mg/ml 的 T-PBS 1 :2000稀释), 37°C摇床反应 0.5小时。 弃去孔中液体, T-PBS洗板三次。  (4) Horseradish peroxidase-labeled goat anti-mouse secondary antibody 100 μΙ 7 well (antibody diluted with BSA 5 mg/ml T-PBS 1:2000) was added, and the mixture was shaken at 37 ° C for 0.5 hour. The liquid in the well was discarded and the plate was washed three times with T-PBS.
(5) 加入 2mg/ml的 OPD显色液 100μΙ7孔 (用含有 0.03%Η2Ο2的 0.1M柠檬酸一柠檬酸 钠缓冲液 CpH=5.4)稀释), 25°C避光反应 1-10分钟。 (5) Add 2 mg/ml OPD coloring solution 100 μΙ 7 wells (diluted with 0.1 M citric acid-sodium citrate buffer CpH=5.4 containing 0.03% Η 2 Ο 2 ), 25 ° C protected from light reaction 1-10 minute.
(6) 加入 2M H2S04 50μΙ7孔中止反应, 用可调波长式微孔板酶标仪 VERSAmax读数, 波长为 490nm。 (6) The reaction was stopped by adding 2 M H 2 S0 4 50 μΙ 7 well, and read with a VERSAmax tunable wavelength microplate reader at a wavelength of 490 nm.
(7) 结果分析 化合物 OD值 -无酶对照孔 OD值  (7) Analysis of results Compound OD value - No enzyme control well OD value
(1 - ) χ 100  (1 - ) χ 100
样品的抑制率 ( 阴性对照孔 OD值 -无酶对照孔 OD值 测定化合物对受体酪氨酸激酶蛋白 c-Met酶活性抑制率, IC5Q检测根据各浓度抑制率, 采用四参数法计算半数抑制浓度 IC5o。 Sample inhibition rate (negative control well OD value - no enzyme control well OD value) The inhibition rate of the compound tyrosine kinase protein c-Met enzyme activity was measured. The IC 5Q assay was based on the inhibition rate of each concentration, and the half-inhibitory concentration IC 5 o was calculated by a four-parameter method.
实验结果: 分子水平的酶活性测试表明, 本发明的化合物能够明显抑制 c-Met酪氨酸激 酶活性,其中部分化合物 IC5Q值优于美国专利申请公开第 US2008/0280917A1号中的类似化 合物 B-l。 Experimental Results: Molecular level enzyme activity tests showed that the compounds of the present invention were able to significantly inhibit c-Met tyrosine kinase activity, and some of the compounds had IC 5Q values superior to similar compounds Bl in US Patent Application Publication No. US 2008/0280917 A1.
表 1: 本发明实施例中制得的化合物对受体酪氨酸激酶 c-Met的半数抑制浓度或 ΙΟΟηΜ浓 度抑制率 Table 1: Half-inhibitory concentration or ΙΟΟηΜ concentration inhibition rate of the compound prepared in the examples of the present invention on the receptor tyrosine kinase c-Met
Figure imgf000072_0001
C-4 76% C-5 79% C-6 57%
Figure imgf000072_0001
C-4 76% C-5 79% C-6 57%
C-7 61% C-8 47% C-9 48%C-7 61% C-8 47% C-9 48%
C-10 72% C-ll 71% C-12 76% C-10 72% C-ll 71% C-12 76%
C-13 67% C-14 73% C-15 61%  C-13 67% C-14 73% C-15 61%
C-16 72% C-17 69%  C-16 72% C-17 69%
D-l 52% D-2 71% D-3 75% D-l 52% D-2 71% D-3 75%
D-4 92.2% D-5 89.7% D-6 80.0%D-4 92.2% D-5 89.7% D-6 80.0%
D-7 95.1% D-8 88.3% D-9 93.9%D-7 95.1% D-8 88.3% D-9 93.9%
D-10 95.0% D-ll 93.5% D-12 96.6% D-10 95.0% D-ll 93.5% D-12 96.6%
D-13 96.4% D-14 92.3% D-15 81.4%  D-13 96.4% D-14 92.3% D-15 81.4%
D-16 94.1% D-17 90.8% D-18 94.5%  D-16 94.1% D-17 90.8% D-18 94.5%
D-19 90.1% D-20 89.3% D-21 80.7%  D-19 90.1% D-20 89.3% D-21 80.7%
D-22 80.2% D-23 78.6% D-24 98.2%  D-22 80.2% D-23 78.6% D-24 98.2%
D-25 97.8% D-26 97.8% D-27 96.3%  D-25 97.8% D-26 97.8% D-27 96.3%
D-28 95.5% D-29 93.0% D-30 92.7%  D-28 95.5% D-29 93.0% D-30 92.7%
D-31 83.1% D-32 77.9% D-33 97.3%  D-31 83.1% D-32 77.9% D-33 97.3%
D-34 95.7% D-35 96.2% D-36 93.3%  D-34 95.7% D-35 96.2% D-36 93.3%
D-37 93.3% D-38 91.6% D-39 91.0% 测试例 2: 本发明实施例中制得的部分化合物对 BaF3/TPR-Met稳转细胞细胞中 TPR-Met磷酸化的影响  D-37 93.3% D-38 91.6% D-39 91.0% Test Example 2: Effect of some compounds prepared in the examples of the present invention on TPR-Met phosphorylation in BaF3/TPR-Met stably transfected cells
将 BaF3/TPR-Met接种于 12孔板中 (;50万 /孔), 培养 18-24小时后加入各化合物 (;终浓度 为 0.1、 ΙμΜ)作用 4小时后, 收集细胞。 先用冷的 PBS (含 ImM钒酸钠)洗一次; 然后加入 lxSDS凝胶加样缓冲液 (50mM Tris-HCl (pH6.8), lOOmM DTT, 2% SDS, 10%甘油, ImM钒 酸钠, 0.1% 溴酚蓝)裂解细胞。 细胞裂解物在沸水浴中加热 10 分钟后, 于 4°C 12000 rpm 离心 10分钟。  BaF3/TPR-Met was inoculated into a 12-well plate (500,000/well), and after 18-24 hours of culture, cells were added for 4 hours (final concentration of 0.1, ΙμΜ) for 4 hours, and the cells were collected. Wash once with cold PBS (containing 1 mM sodium vanadate); then add lxSDS gel loading buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 6.8), 100 mM DTT, 2% SDS, 10% glycerol, 1 mM sodium vanadate , 0.1% bromophenol blue) lysed cells. After the cell lysate was heated in a boiling water bath for 10 minutes, it was centrifuged at 12,000 rpm for 10 minutes at 4 °C.
取上清液进行 SDS-PAGE电泳 (Mini-PROTEA 3 Cell, Bio-Rad, Hercules, CA, USA), 电泳结束后, 用半干电转移系统将蛋白转移至硝酸纤维素膜 (Amersham Life Sciences, Arlington Heights, IL, USA), 将硝酸纤维素膜置于封闭液 (5%脱脂奶粉稀释于含 ImM钒酸 钠的 TBS)中室温封闭 2 小时, 然后将膜置于抗 p-c-Met(Y1234/1235, Cell Sinaling TechnologyXl :1000)或抗 GAPDH(Kangcheng Bio)(l :6000)的抗体中 4 C过夜。用含 ImM钒 酸钠的 TBS洗涤三次, 每次 15 min。 将膜置于二抗溶液中室温反应 1-2小时; 同上洗膜 3 次后, 用 ECL(Picece, Rockford, IL)试剂发色, 显影。 The supernatant was taken for SDS-PAGE electrophoresis (Mini-PROTEA 3 Cell, Bio-Rad, Hercules, CA, USA), and after electrophoresis, the protein was transferred to a nitrocellulose membrane using a semi-dry electrotransfer system (Amersham Life Sciences, Arlington Heights, IL, USA), the nitrocellulose membrane was placed in a blocking solution (5% skimmed milk powder diluted in TBS containing 1 mM sodium vanadate) for 2 hours at room temperature, and then the membrane was placed in anti-pc-Met (Y1234/ 1235, Cell Sinaling Technology Xl: 1000) or anti-GAPDH (Kangcheng Bio) (l: 6000) antibody in 4 C overnight. Containing 1 mM vanadium The sodium TBS was washed three times for 15 min each time. The membrane was placed in a secondary antibody solution for 1-2 hours at room temperature; after washing the membrane three times as above, it was developed with ECL (Picece, Rockford, IL) reagent and developed.
图 1显示了本发明的实施例中部分化合物、 阳性对照药 PF2341066和 JNJ38877605对 受体酪氨酸激酶 c-Met磷酸化的影响。如图 1所示, 本发明中的部分实施例化合物在浓度为 ΙμΜ或 Ο.ΙμΜ时与 BaF3/TPR-Met作用 4小时后,能有效抑制 BaF3/TPR-Met细胞中 TPR-Met 的磷酸化, 并且与阳性对照药 PF2341066(3-[(lR)-l-(2,6-二氯 -3-氟苯基)乙氧基 ]-5-[1-(4-哌 啶) -1H-吡唑 -4-基] -2-吡啶胺)及 JNJ38877605(6- [二氟 -[6-(1-甲基 -1H-吡唑 -4-基) -1,2,4-三唑并 [4,3-b]哒嗪 -3-基]甲基] -喹啉)活性相当。化合物在细胞水平对 BaF3/TPR-Met细胞中 TPR-Met 磷酸化的抑制活性明显强于美国专利申请公开第 US2008/0280917A1 号中的类似化合物 B-l o  Figure 1 shows the effect of some of the compounds, positive control drugs PF2341066 and JNJ38877605 on the phosphorylation of the receptor tyrosine kinase c-Met in the examples of the present invention. As shown in Fig. 1, some of the compounds of the present invention can effectively inhibit the phosphorylation of TPR-Met in BaF3/TPR-Met cells after 4 hours of action with BaF3/TPR-Met at a concentration of ΙμΜ or Ο.ΙμΜ. And with the positive control drug PF2341066(3-[(lR)-l-(2,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-[1-(4-piperidinyl)-1H- Pyrazol-4-yl]-2-pyridinamine) and JNJ38877605(6-[difluoro-[6-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1,2,4-triazole [4,3-b]pyridazin-3-yl]methyl]-quinoline) is equivalent in activity. The inhibitory activity of the compound at the cellular level on TPR-Met phosphorylation in BaF3/TPR-Met cells is significantly stronger than that of the similar compound in US Patent Application Publication No. US2008/0280917A1 B-l o
测试例 3: 本发明实施例中制得的化合物对 Met介导的细胞增殖能力的影响  Test Example 3: Effect of the compound prepared in the examples of the present invention on Met-mediated cell proliferation ability
肿瘤细胞的生长抑制检测采用磺酰罗单明 B (sulforhodamine B, SRB)染色法。具体步骤 如下: 处于对数生长期的 EBC-1细胞按合适密度 (5000/孔)接种至 96 孔微培养板, 每孔 100 μί, 培养过夜后, 加入不同浓度 (1、 0.1、 0.01、 Ο.ΟΟΙμΜ)的化合物作用 72 hr, 每个浓度设 三复孔, 并设相应浓度的生理盐水溶媒对照及无细胞调零孔。作用结束后, 贴壁细胞去培养 液, 加入 10%(w/v)三氯乙酸 (100 μΙ7孔)于 4°C 固定 1 hr, 随后用蒸馏水冲洗五次, 待在室 温下干燥后,每孔加入 SRB 溶液 (4 mg/mL,溶于 1%冰乙酸 )100 μΐ,室温下孵育染色 15 min 后, 用 1%冰乙酸冲洗五次洗去未结合的 SRB, 室温下干燥后, 每孔加入 10 mM Tris溶液 100 VERSMax酶标仪测定 515 nm波长下的光密度 (OD 值)。 按以下列公式计算药物对 肿瘤细胞生长的抑制率: 抑制率(%)=(00 对照孔 -OD 给药孔 )/ OD 对照孔 χΐοο%。  Tumor cell growth inhibition assays were performed using sulforhodamine B (SRB) staining. The specific steps are as follows: EBC-1 cells in logarithmic growth phase are inoculated to a 96-well microplate at a suitable density (5000/well) at 100 μί per well. After overnight incubation, different concentrations (1, 0.1, 0.01, Ο) are added. The compound of ΟΟΙμΜ) was applied for 72 hr, and each concentration was set to three replicate wells, and the corresponding concentration of physiological saline vehicle control and cell-free zero-adjustment were set. After the end of the action, the adherent cells were removed from the culture medium, and 10% (w/v) trichloroacetic acid (100 μΙ 7 well) was added and fixed at 4 ° C for 1 hr, followed by rinsing with distilled water five times, after drying at room temperature, each time. Add SRB solution (4 mg/mL, dissolved in 1% glacial acetic acid) 100 μΐ, incubate for 15 min at room temperature, rinse with unwashed SRB five times with 1% glacial acetic acid, and dry at room temperature. The optical density (OD value) at a wavelength of 515 nm was measured by adding a 10 mM Tris solution to a 100 VERSMax plate reader. The inhibition rate of the drug on tumor cell growth was calculated according to the following formula: Inhibition rate (%) = (00 control well - OD administration well) / OD control well χΐοο%.
实验结果:  Experimental results:
实验结果表明, 本发明的部分实施例化合物在 ΙμΜ或 Ο.ΙμΜ下能够明显抑制 EBC-1 细胞的增殖。 明显强于美国专利申请公开第 US2008/0280917A1号中的类似化合物 B-l。 本 发明的部分实施例化合物在 Ο.ΟΙμΜ及 Ο.ΟΟΙμΜ浓度下, 对 EBC-1细胞的增殖仍具有较强 的抑制活性。 作用强度高于上市药物 PF2341066 3-[GR)-1-P,6-二氯 -3-氟苯基)乙氧 基]—5-[1-(4-哌啶) -1H-吡唑 -4-基] -2-吡啶胺)。  The experimental results show that some of the compounds of the present invention can significantly inhibit the proliferation of EBC-1 cells under ΙμΜ or Ο.ΙμΜ. A similar compound B-1 is apparently stronger than in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2008/0280917 A1. Some of the compounds of the present invention have a strong inhibitory activity against the proliferation of EBC-1 cells at concentrations of Ο.ΟΙμΜ and Ο.ΟΟΙμΜ. The strength of action is higher than that of the marketed drug PF2341066 3-[GR)-1-P,6-dichloro-3-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-5-[1-(4-piperidin)-1H-pyrazole- 4-yl]-2-pyridinamine).
表 2: 本发明的部分实施例化合物对 EBC-1细胞的增殖抑制率  Table 2: Proliferation inhibition rate of some of the compounds of the present invention against EBC-1 cells
Figure imgf000074_0001
A-2 88.3 87.8 88.1
Figure imgf000074_0001
A-2 88.3 87.8 88.1
88.9 86.9 87.2  88.9 86.9 87.2
82.4 16.4 0.8  82.4 16.4 0.8
A-3  A-3
85.2 35.0 5.9  85.2 35.0 5.9
75.4 72.4 75.2  75.4 72.4 75.2
A-4  A-4
75.6 73.0 75.3  75.6 73.0 75.3
73.8 72.5 72.1  73.8 72.5 72.1
A-5  A-5
74.3 69.8 71.8  74.3 69.8 71.8
77.3 76.0 77.3  77.3 76.0 77.3
A-6  A-6
76.1 75.1 75.3  76.1 75.1 75.3
73.7 72.4 73.5  73.7 72.4 73.5
A-16  A-16
74.5 73.5 75.0  74.5 73.5 75.0
74.6 72.5  74.6 72.5
A-17  A-17
70.9 59.6  70.9 59.6
75.1 73.8 71.5  75.1 73.8 71.5
A-18  A-18
76.5 74.0 74.3  76.5 74.0 74.3
72.6 73.4 72.2  72.6 73.4 72.2
A-28  A-28
72.6 72.4 73.1  72.6 72.4 73.1
76.4 75.8 75.9  76.4 75.8 75.9
A-32  A-32
77.1 76.3 75.5  77.1 76.3 75.5
15.6 6.1 6.0  15.6 6.1 6.0
B-l  B-l
8.9 1.6 3.4  8.9 1.6 3.4
D-6 79.5 77.4 60.3  D-6 79.5 77.4 60.3
D-22 83.0 75.4  D-22 83.0 75.4
D-23 80.8 76.8 72.1  D-23 80.8 76.8 72.1
85.6 85.7 9.8  85.6 85.7 9.8
PF02341066  PF02341066
87.3 86.6 14.2  87.3 86.6 14.2
上述例子仅作为说明的目的,本发明的范围并不受此限制。对本领域的技术人员来说进 行修改是显而易见的, 本发明仅受所附权利要求范围的限制。  The above examples are for illustrative purposes only, and the scope of the invention is not limited thereto. Modifications will be obvious to those skilled in the art, and the invention is only limited by the scope of the appended claims.

Claims

权 利 要 求 Rights request
1、 一种如下通式 I所示的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前 药或溶剂合物: A pyridazinone compound or an isomer thereof represented by the following formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof:
Figure imgf000076_0001
其中,
Figure imgf000076_0001
among them,
X1和 X2相同或不同, 并且各自独立地为 N、 CH或 CR6; X 1 and X 2 are the same or different and are each independently N, CH or CR 6 ;
X3为 N或 CH; X 3 is N or CH;
L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C10直链或支链亚烷基,所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代; L 1 is a C1-C10 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 or N atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
M存在或不存在, 存在时为 -0-、 -NH -、 -S -、 -S(0)-、 -S(0)2-、 -C(0)NH -、 -NHC(0)-、 -S(0)2NH-或 -HNC(0)NH-; The presence or absence of M, in the presence of -0-, -NH -, -S -, -S(0)-, -S(0) 2 -, -C(0)NH -, -NHC(0)- , -S(0) 2 NH- or -HNC(0)NH-;
A存在或不存在, 存在时为 5-10元芳基, 或者含有 1-3个选自 N、 0和 S原子的 5-10 元杂芳基, A不存在时, X3部分为未取代的或被 R5单取代的; A is present or absent, is 5-10 membered aryl groups when present, or contains 1-3 5-10 membered heteroaryl groups selected from N, 0 and S atoms. When A is absent, X 3 moiety is unsubstituted. Or replaced by R 5 ;
R R2、 R3和 R4相同或不同,并且各自独立地为 H、卤素、 COOL1!^ CONHL1!^ OL!RRR 2 , R 3 and R 4 are the same or different and are each independently H, halogen, COOL 1 !^ CONHL 1 !^ OL ! R
NHL'R或 CO R; NHL'R or CO R;
R5和 R6相同或不同,并且各自独立地为 C1-C7直链或支链烷基、 CHO、COOR、COL2R、 COOL2R、 CONHL2R、 OL2R、 NHL2R或 L2R; R 5 and R 6 are the same or different and are each independently a C1-C7 straight or branched alkyl group, CHO, COOR, COL 2 R, COOL 2 R, CONHL 2 R, OL 2 R, NHL 2 R or L 2 R;
L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C10直链或支链亚烷基,所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代;或者 L2为环上含有选自 0和 N中的 1至 3 个杂原子的 4-8元杂环基; 或者 L3为 5-10元二价芳基或含有 1-3个选自 N、 0和 S原子的 5-10元二价杂芳基; L 2 is a C1-C10 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the carbon atom other than the carbon atom at both ends of the main chain may be replaced by 0 or N atom; Or L 2 is a 4-8 membered heterocyclic group having 1 to 3 hetero atoms selected from 0 and N; or L 3 is a 5-10 membered divalent aryl group or 1-3 selected from N a 5-10 membered divalent heteroaryl group of 0, S and S atoms;
R为 H; 卤素; 未取代的或取代的 C1-C10直链或支链烷基, 所述取代的取代基选自卤 素、 羟基、 未取代的或被 C1-C5直链或支链烷基取代的氨基、 和未取代的或被 C1-C5直链 或支链烷基取代的含有 1-2个选自 N和 0原子的不饱和 5-7元杂环基;未取代的或被 C1-C5 直链或支链烷基或 C3-C6环烷基取代的羟基;未取代的或被 C1-C5直链或支链烷基或 C3-C6 环烷基取代的氨基; 甲氧羰基; 甲酰胺基; 羧基; 未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C6直链或 支链烷酰基; 或者含有 1-4个选自 N、 0和 S原子的 6-10元饱和或不饱和的未取代的或被 C1-C5直链或支链烷基、 C3-C6环烷基、含有 1-2个选自 N和 0原子的不饱和 5-7元杂环基、 卤素、 氨基或羟基取代的杂环基或芳杂环基。 R is H; halogen; unsubstituted or substituted C1-C10 straight or branched alkyl group, the substituted substituent is selected from halogen, hydroxy, unsubstituted or C1-C5 straight or branched alkyl Substituted amino, and unsubstituted or C1-C5 straight chain Or branched alkyl substituted 1-2 unsaturated 5-7 membered heterocyclyl selected from N and 0 atoms; unsubstituted or C1-C5 straight or branched alkyl or C3-C6 naphthenic a substituted hydroxy group; an unsubstituted or substituted amino group substituted by a C1-C5 linear or branched alkyl group or a C3-C6 cycloalkyl group; a methoxycarbonyl group; a carboxamide group; a carboxyl group; an unsubstituted or halogen-substituted C1 a -C6 straight or branched alkanoyl group; or a 6-10 membered saturated or unsaturated unsubstituted or C1-C5 straight or branched alkyl group having from 1 to 4 selected from N, 0 and S atoms, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, heterocyclic or heterocyclic group containing 1-2 unsaturated 5-7 membered heterocyclic groups selected from N and 0 atoms, halogen, amino or hydroxy substituted.
2、 根据权利要求 1所述的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前 药或溶剂合物, 其中,  The pyridazinone compound or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, according to claim 1, wherein
X1和 X2各自独立地为 CH或 CR6; X 1 and X 2 are each independently CH or CR 6 ;
L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C8直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代; L 1 is a C1-C8 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 or N atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
M存在或不存在, 存在时为 -0-、 -NH -、 -S -、 -S(O)-或 -S(0)2-; The presence or absence of M, when present, is -0-, -NH-, -S-, -S(O)- or -S(0) 2 -;
A存在或不存在,存在时为苯基, 或者含有 1-3个选自 N、 0和 S原子的 5-6元杂芳基, 并且 A为苯基时, X3为 N, A不为苯基时, X3为 N或 CH; A is present or absent, is phenyl when present, or contains 1-3 5-6 membered heteroaryl selected from N, 0 and S atoms, and when A is phenyl, X 3 is N, A is not In the case of phenyl, X 3 is N or CH;
1^为11、 F、 Cl、 Br、 COOL1!^ CONHL1!^ OL 或 NHI^R, R2和 R4为 H, 且 R3为 F、 CI或 Br; 1^为11, F, Cl, Br, COOL 1 !^ CONHL 1 !^ OL or NHI^R, R 2 and R 4 are H, and R 3 is F, CI or Br;
R5和 R6各自独立地为甲基、 乙基、正丙基、异丙基、 CHO、 COOR、 COL2R、 COOL2R、 CONHL2R、 OL2R、 NHL2R或 L2R; R 5 and R 6 are each independently methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 2 R, COOL 2 R, CONHL 2 R, OL 2 R, NHL 2 R or L 2 R ;
L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C8直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代;或者 L2为环上含有选自 0和 N中的 1至 2 个杂原子的 5-7元杂环基;或者 L3为 6-10元二价芳基或含有 1-2个选自 N和 0原子的 5-10 元二价杂芳基; L 2 is a C1-C8 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 or N atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain; Or L 2 is a 5-7 membered heterocyclic group having 1 to 2 hetero atoms selected from 0 and N; or L 3 is a 6-10 membered divalent aryl group or 1-2 selected from N And a 5-10 membered divalent heteroaryl group of 0 atom;
R为 H; F; 未取代的或取代的 C1-C6直链或支链烷基, 所述取代的取代基选自卤素、 羟基、 未取代的或被 C1-C2直链或支链烷基取代的氨基、 和未取代的或被 C1-C3直链或支 链烷基取代的含有 1-2个选自 N和 0原子的不饱和 5-6元杂环基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙 基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环 丙基取代的氨基; 甲氧羰基; 甲酰胺基; 羧基; 未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C4直链或支 链烷酰基; 或者含有 1-3个选自 N、 0和 S原子的 6-10元饱和或不饱和的未取代的或被甲 基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 环丙基、 哌嗪基、 吡咯烷基、 吗啉基、 哌啶基、 卤素、 氨基或 羟基取代的杂环基或芳杂环基。 R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted C1-C6 straight or branched alkyl group, the substituted substituent is selected from halogen, hydroxy, unsubstituted or C1-C2 straight or branched alkyl a substituted amino group, and an unsaturated 5-6 membered heterocyclic group containing 1-2 selected from N and 0 atoms, which is unsubstituted or substituted by a C1-C3 straight or branched alkyl group; unsubstituted or substituted a hydroxyl group substituted with a group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group or a cyclopropyl group; an amino group which is unsubstituted or substituted with a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group or a cyclopropyl group; a methoxycarbonyl group; Carboxamide; carboxy; unsubstituted or halogen-substituted C1-C4 straight or branched alkanoyl; or 1-3 selected from N, 0 and S atoms, 6-10 memberd saturated or unsaturated Substituted or by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, cyclopropyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, halogen, amino or A hydroxy-substituted heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.
3、 根据权利要求 2所述的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前 药或溶剂合物, 其中,  The pyridazinone compound or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, according to claim 2, wherein
X1为 CH或 CR6, 且 X2为 CH; X 1 is CH or CR 6 , and X 2 is CH;
L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C6直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代; L 1 is a C1-C6 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 or N atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
M存在或不存在, 存在时为 -0-或 -NH-;  M exists or does not exist, when present is -0- or -NH-;
A存在或不存在, 存在时为苯基、吡啶基、吡咯基、嘧啶基、吡嗪基、 哒嗪基、 噻吩基、 呋喃基、 吡唑基、 咪唑基、 噁唑基或噻唑基, 并且 A为苯基时, X3为 N, A不为苯基时, X3为 N或 CH; The presence or absence of A, when present, is phenyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl or thiazolyl, and When A is a phenyl group, X 3 is N, and when A is not a phenyl group, X 3 is N or CH;
R R2和 R4为 H, 且 R3为F、 C1或 Br; RR 2 and R 4 are H, and R 3 is F, C1 or Br;
R5和 R6各自独立地为甲基、乙基、正丙基、异丙基、 CHO、 COOR、 COL2R、 CONHL2R、 OL2R、 NHL2R或 L2R; R 5 and R 6 are each independently methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 2 R, CONHL 2 R, OL 2 R, NHL 2 R or L 2 R;
L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C6直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0或 N原子所替代; 或者 L2为亚吡咯烷基, 亚哌嗪基, 亚哌啶 基, 亚苯基、 亚吡啶基, 亚嘧啶基或者亚吡唑基; L 2 is a C1-C6 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 or N atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain; Or L 2 is pyrrolidinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, phenylene, pyridylene, pyrimidinyl or pyrazolyl;
R为 H; F; 未取代的或取代的 C1-C4直链或支链烷基, 所述取代的取代基选自卤素、 羟基、氨基、二甲氨基、 吗啉基、 甲基哌嗪基、哌啶基和氮杂环戊烷基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或 环丙基取代的氨基; 乙酰基; 三氟乙酰基; 吡啶基; 哒嗪基; 嘧啶基; 吡嗪基; 噁唑基; 异 噁唑基; 噻唑基; 咪唑基; 吡唑基; 呋喃基; 噻吩基; 吡咯基; 1,2,3-三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮 唑基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 哌嗪基; 哌啶基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷 基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡咯烷基; N-甲基哌嗪基; N-乙基哌嗪基; N- 异丙基哌嗪基; N-环丙基哌嗪基; 2-甲基吗啉基; 3-甲基吗啉基; 4-哌啶基哌嗪基; 4-羟基 哌啶基; 4-氨基哌啶基; 3-羟基哌啶基; 3-氨基哌啶基; 4-哌啶基哌啶基; 环庚胺基; 高哌 嗪基; N-甲基高哌嗪基; 吲哚基; 苯并呋喃基; 喹啉基; 苯并吡唑基; 或者苯并咪唑基。  R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl group, the substituted substituent is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, dimethylamino, morpholinyl, methylpiperazinyl , piperidinyl and azetidinyl; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, positive a propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino group; acetyl; trifluoroacetyl; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; pyrimidinyl; pyrazinyl; oxazolyl; isoxazolyl; thiazolyl; ; pyrazolyl; furyl; thienyl; pyrrolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxa Azulazolyl; morpholino; piperazinyl; piperidinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; Methyl piperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazinyl; N-isopropyl piperazinyl; N-cyclopropylpiperazinyl; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; 4- Piperidinyl piperazinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidine 4-aminopiperidinyl; 3-hydroxypiperidinyl; 3-aminopiperidinyl; 4-piperidylpiperidinyl; cycloheptylamino; homopiperazinyl; N-methylhomopiperazinyl; Mercapto; benzofuranyl; quinolyl; benzopyrazolyl; or benzimidazolyl.
4、 根据权利要求 1所述的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前 药或溶剂合物, 其中, 通式 I所示的化合物为下述化合物之一: The pyridazinone compound or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, according to claim 1, wherein the compound represented by the formula I is the following compound one:
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
ζπο- Ζπο-
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000080_0002
Figure imgf000080_0002
Figure imgf000080_0003
Figure imgf000080_0003
II-d3 II-d31 其中, R7为 H或 R6, R3、 R5、 R6、 L2和 R的定义同其在通式 I中的定义。 II-d3 II-d31 wherein R 7 is H or R 6 , and R 3 , R 5 , R 6 , L 2 and R have the same meanings as defined in the formula I.
5、 根据权利要求 4所述的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前 药或溶剂合物, 其中,  The pyridazinone compound or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, according to claim 4, wherein
在通式 ΙΙ-al至 II-a3、 ΙΙ-all至 II-a31、 ΙΙ-bl至 II-b3、 ΙΙ-bll至 II-b31禾口 Π-cl至 II-c2 中,  In the formulae ΙΙ-al to II-a3, ΙΙ-all to II-a31, ΙΙ-bl to II-b3, ΙΙ-bll to II-b31, and Π-cl to II-c2,
1 7为15、 甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 CHO、 COOR、 COL1!^ CONHL 或 R;1 7 is 15, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 1 !^ CONHL or R;
R5为甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 OL2R或 L2R; R 5 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, OL 2 R or L 2 R;
其中 L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两 端的碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; Wherein L 1 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; 以及 L 2 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by a 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
R为 H; F; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代 的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的氨基; 吡啶基; 吡嗪基; 咪唑基; 吡唑 基; 1,2,3-三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 2-甲基吗啉 基; 3-甲基吗啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基哌嗪基; N-乙基哌嗪基; N-异丙基哌嗪基; N-环丙基 哌嗪基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡咯烷基; 哌 啶基; 4-哌啶基哌嗪基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 4-氨基哌啶基; 3-羟基哌啶基; 3-氨基哌啶基; 4- 哌啶基哌啶基; 高哌嗪基; 或者 N-甲基高哌嗪基。 R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl Or a cyclopropyl-substituted amino group; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; , 2,4-oxathiazolyl; morpholino; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazine N-isopropyl piperazinyl; N-cyclopropyl Piperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; piperidinyl; 4-piperidylpiperazinyl; -hydroxypiperidinyl; 4-aminopiperidinyl; 3-hydroxypiperidinyl; 3-aminopiperidinyl; 4-piperidylpiperidinyl; homopiperazinyl; or N-methylhomopiperazinyl .
6、 根据权利要求 5所述的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前 药或溶剂合物, 其中,  The pyridazinone compound or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, according to claim 5, wherein
R为 H; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代的或 被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的氨基; 咪唑基; 吡唑基; 1,2,3-三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基哌嗪基; N-乙基 哌嗪基; 吡咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡咯烷基; 哌 啶基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 或者 4-氨基哌啶基。  R is H; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclic Propyl substituted amino; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazepine Azolyl; morpholino; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-hydroxypyrrolidine 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; piperidinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; or 4-aminopiperidinyl.
7、 根据权利要求 4所述的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前 药或溶剂合物, 其中,  The pyridazinone compound or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, according to claim 4, wherein
在通式 ΙΙ-dl至 II-d3和 ΙΙ-dll至 II-d31中,  In the formulas ΙΙ-dl to II-d3 and ΙΙ-dll to II-d31,
1 7为15、 甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 CHO、 COOR、 COL1!^ CONHL 或 R;1 7 is 15, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, CHO, COOR, COL 1 !^ CONHL or R;
R5为甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 OL2R或 L2R; R 5 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, OL 2 R or L 2 R;
其中 L1为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两 端的碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; Wherein L 1 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain;
L2为未取代的或被卤素取代的 C1-C5直链或支链亚烷基, 所述亚烷基除了主链两端的 碳原子之外的碳原子都可被 0原子所替代; 或者 L2为亚吡咯烷基, 亚哌嗪基, 亚哌啶基, 亚苯基、 亚吡啶基, 亚嘧啶基或者亚吡唑基; 以及 L 2 is a C1-C5 straight or branched alkylene group which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, and the alkylene group may be replaced by 0 atom except for a carbon atom at both ends of the main chain; or L 2 is pyridene alkyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, phenylene, pyridylene, pyrimidinyl or pyrazolyl;
R为 H; F; 未取代的或取代的 C1-C4直链或支链烷基, 所述取代的取代基选自卤素、 羟基、氨基、二甲氨基、 吗啉基、 甲基哌嗪基、哌啶基和氮杂环戊烷基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或 环丙基取代的氨基; 乙酰基; 三氟乙酰基; 吡啶基; 吡嗪基; 咪唑基; 吡唑基; 1,2,3-三氮 唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 2-甲基吗啉基; 3-甲基吗 啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基哌嗪基; N-乙基哌嗪基; N-异丙基哌嗪基; N-环丙基哌嗪基; 吡咯 烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡咯烷基; 哌啶基; 4-哌啶 基哌嗪基; 4-羟基哌啶基; 4-氨基哌啶基; 3-羟基哌啶基; 3-氨基哌啶基; 4-哌啶基哌啶基; 高哌嗪基; 或者 N-甲基高哌嗪基。  R is H; F; unsubstituted or substituted C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl group, the substituted substituent is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, dimethylamino, morpholinyl, methylpiperazinyl , piperidinyl and azetidinyl; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl, positive a propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino group; acetyl; trifluoroacetyl; pyridyl; pyrazinyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; , 4-triazolyl; tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxathiazolyl; morpholinyl; 2-methylmorpholinyl; 3-methylmorpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazinyl; N-isopropylpiperazinyl; N-cyclopropylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; 2-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidine 3-hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; piperidinyl; 4-piperidylpiperazinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; 4-aminopiperidinyl; 3-hydroxypiperidinyl; 3-aminopiperidinyl; 4-piperidylpiperidinyl; homopiperazinyl; Or N-methyl homopiperazinyl.
8、 根据权利要求 7所述的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前 药或溶剂合物, 其中, The pyridazinone compound or an isomer thereof according to claim 7, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or ester thereof Medicine or solvate, wherein
R为 H; 未取代的或取代的 C1-C4直链或支链烷基, 所述取代的取代基选自卤素、 羟 基、 氨基、 二甲氨基、 吗啉 -1-基、 4-甲基哌嗪基和氮杂环戊烷 -1-基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或环丙基取代的羟基; 未取代的或被甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基或 环丙基取代的氨基; 乙酰基; 三氟乙酰基; 咪唑基; 吡唑基; 1,2,3-三氮唑基; 1,2,4-三氮唑 基; 四氮唑基; 1,2,4-氧杂二氮唑基; 吗啉基; 哌嗪基; N-甲基哌嗪基; N-乙基哌嗪基; 吡 咯烷基; 2-氟吡咯烷基; 3-氟吡咯烷基; 3-羟基吡咯烷基; 3-氨基吡咯烷基; 哌啶基; 4-羟 基哌啶基; 或者 4-氨基哌啶基。  R is H; unsubstituted or substituted C1-C4 straight or branched alkyl group, the substituted substituent is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, amino, dimethylamino, morpholin-1-yl, 4-methyl Piperazine and azetidin-1-yl; unsubstituted or substituted by methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl; unsubstituted or methyl, ethyl , n-propyl, isopropyl or cyclopropyl substituted amino; acetyl; trifluoroacetyl; imidazolyl; pyrazolyl; 1,2,3-triazolyl; 1,2,4-triazo Azolyl; tetrazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl; morpholinyl; piperazinyl; N-methylpiperazinyl; N-ethylpiperazinyl; pyrrolidinyl; -fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-fluoropyrrolidinyl; 3-hydroxypyrrolidinyl; 3-aminopyrrolidinyl; piperidinyl; 4-hydroxypiperidinyl; or 4-aminopiperidinyl.
9、 根据权利要求 1所述的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前 药或溶剂  The pyridazinone compound or an isomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvent thereof, according to claim 1.
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
82 82
Figure imgf000084_0001
lOTOO/flOZM3/X3d 86CJ£0/M0Z OAV
Figure imgf000085_0001
S8
Figure imgf000084_0001
lOTOO/flOZM3/X3d 86CJ£0/M0Z OAV
Figure imgf000085_0001
S8
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
810100/C10ZN3/X3d 86£而 OZ OAV 810100/C10ZN3/X3d 86£ and OZ OAV
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
86 86
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
10、 权利要求 1-9中任一项所述的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、 酯、 前药或溶剂合物作为 c-Met抑制剂在制备用于预防和 /或治疗与 c-Met异常相关的肿瘤 疾病药物中的用途。  The pyridazinone compound or an isomer thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate thereof, as a c-Met inhibitor, for preparation Use in the prevention and/or treatment of a tumor disease drug associated with c-Met abnormalities.
11、 一种药物组合物, 特别是 c-Met抑制剂, 其包含治疗有效量的选自权利要求 1-9中 任一项所述的哒嗪酮类化合物或其异构体或其药学上可接受的盐、酯、前药或溶剂合物, 并 任选包含药学上可接受的载体或赋形剂。  A pharmaceutical composition, in particular a c-Met inhibitor, comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a pyridazinone compound or an isomer thereof according to any one of claims 1 to 9 or a pharmaceutically acceptable substance thereof An acceptable salt, ester, prodrug or solvate, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
PCT/CN2013/001018 2012-08-28 2013-08-28 Pyridazinone compound, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof WO2014032398A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201210310963.2 2012-08-28
CN201210310963 2012-08-28
CN201310306863.7A CN103664895B (en) 2012-08-28 2013-07-19 Pyridazinone compound, its preparation method, medical composition and its use
CN201310306863.7 2013-07-19

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014032398A1 true WO2014032398A1 (en) 2014-03-06

Family

ID=50182422

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/001018 WO2014032398A1 (en) 2012-08-28 2013-08-28 Pyridazinone compound, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN103664895B (en)
WO (1) WO2014032398A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3801528A4 (en) * 2018-06-04 2022-03-09 Ohio State Innovation Foundation Eaat2 activators and methods of using thereof

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109384727B (en) * 2017-08-10 2023-07-28 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Phthalazinone compound, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof
CN115872976B (en) * 2022-12-30 2024-05-14 中国药科大学 Quinoline derivative, pharmaceutical composition containing quinoline derivative and application of pharmaceutical composition

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102731409A (en) * 2011-04-08 2012-10-17 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Pyridazinone compound, and pharmaceutical compositions, preparation method and use thereof

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE102007025718A1 (en) * 2007-06-01 2008-12-04 Merck Patent Gmbh pyridazinone derivatives

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102731409A (en) * 2011-04-08 2012-10-17 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Pyridazinone compound, and pharmaceutical compositions, preparation method and use thereof

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SALT, D.W. ET AL.: "Variable selection and specification of robust QSAR models from multicollinear data: arylpiperazinyl derivatives with affinity and selectivity for a 2-adrebiceotirs", JOURNAL OF COMPUTER-AIDED MOLECULAR DESIGN, vol. 18, 2004, pages 495 - 509 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3801528A4 (en) * 2018-06-04 2022-03-09 Ohio State Innovation Foundation Eaat2 activators and methods of using thereof
US11702403B2 (en) 2018-06-04 2023-07-18 Ohio State Innovation Foundation EAAT2 activators and methods of using thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN103664895B (en) 2018-02-27
CN103664895A (en) 2014-03-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102022716B1 (en) Hydrazide containing nuclear transport modulators and uses thereof
WO2019196812A1 (en) Protein degradation targeting compound, anti-tumor application, intermediate thereof and use of intermediate
JP5819840B2 (en) Tetrahydroquinoline derivatives as bromodomain inhibitors
CN113544128A (en) KRAS-G12C inhibitors
CN114728912A (en) MTA-synergistic PRMT5 inhibitors
WO2022165076A1 (en) Gpcr receptor agonists, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same, and methods for their use
JP6832923B2 (en) 2-Oxo-1,2-dihydropyridine-3,5-dicarboxamide compound as a bromodomain inhibitor
ES2863923T3 (en) Crystalline forms of the mesylate salt of pyridinylaminopyrimidine derivative, methods of preparation for the same, and applications thereof
EP3555104B1 (en) Nrf2 compounds
JP2019526577A (en) Imidazole derivatives and their use in the treatment of autoimmune or inflammatory diseases or cancer
CN113454081A (en) Imidazopyridinyl compounds and their use for the treatment of proliferative diseases
TWI597273B (en) Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound
WO2014032398A1 (en) Pyridazinone compound, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
CN112028815A (en) Indole derivatives and medical application thereof
JP2023528713A (en) GPR40 agonist
AU2017341999A1 (en) Inhibitors of mutant isocitrate dehydrogenases and compositions and methods thereof
WO2020200284A1 (en) Preparation method for tricyclic compound and use of same in field of medicine
WO2022042711A1 (en) Preparation method for novel rho-related protein kinase inhibitor and intermediate in preparation method
JPH08208602A (en) Indoloylguanidine derivative
WO2022174765A1 (en) Fused ring compound as wee-1 inhibitor
WO2022171088A1 (en) Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidin-3-one derivative
CN113698390A (en) Compounds useful as RET kinase inhibitors and uses thereof
TW202043209A (en) MEK inhibitor and pharmaceutical use thereof
WO2022174796A1 (en) Pyrimidine compound as wee-1 inhibitor
WO2023155826A1 (en) Multi-substituted tricyclic fused heterocyclic compound, pharmaceutical composition thereof and use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13833882

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13833882

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1